Gary Wayner | Natural History Books

ENTIRE CATALOG 104

Also See Catalog #104 Supplement - Added 10/01/08

THINGS BOTANICAL

1. Abeywickrama, B. A REVISED HANDBOOK TO THE FLORA OF CEYLON. VOL. I. PT. I. pp. 109. illus. 1972. wrs. * 15.00
2. Abrams, L. FLORA OF THE PACIFIC STATES. VOL. I. Ferns to Birthworts. pp. 538. illus. Stanford. 1923. A few spots on the covers. 35.00
3. Adams, H. LILIES. pp. 116. Frontis. McBride. 1913. 12.00
4. Agnew, A. UPLAND KENYA WILD FLOWERS: A FLORA OF THE FERNS & HERBACEOUS FLOWERING PLANTS OF UPLAND KENYA. pp. 827. illus. Oxford. 1974. DJ. 125.00
5. Akin et al, D. MICROBIAL & PLANT OPPORTUNITIES TO IMPROVE LIGNOCELLULOSE UTILIZATION BY RUMINANTS. pp. 428. illus. Elsevier. 1990. * 25.00
6. Allen, O. THE LEGUMINOSAE: A SOURCEBOOK OF CHARACTERISTICS. pp. 812. illus. WI. 1981. * 35.00
7. Allen, P. THE RAIN FOREST OF GOLFO DULCE. pp. 417. illus. Stanford. 1977. 75.00
8. American Tobacco Co. AMERICAN TOBACCO STORY. pp, 64. illus. ATC. wrs. 15.00
9. Ames, O. ECONOMIC ANNUALS & HUMAN CULTURES. pp. 153. illus. Harvard. 19839. Bound. spine number. 35.00
10. Amphlett & C. Rea, J. THE BOTANY OF WORCESTERSHIRE. pp. 651. Reprinted four pages on each regular page. EP Publishing. 1978. DJ. * 38.00
11. Anderson, A. ALTERNATIVES TO DEFORESTATION: STEPS TOWARD SUSTAINABLE USE OF THE AMAZON RAIN FOREST. pp. 281. Columbia. 1990. wrs. 18.00
12. Anderson, F. HISTORY OF THE HERBALS. pp. 270. illus. Columbia. 1977. * 25.00
13. Andrews, E. A PRACTICAL COURSE IN BOTANY. pp. 368. illus. ABC. 1911. Worn binding. 6.00
14. Andrews, J. PEPPERS. pp. 186. 34 color plates. Texas. 1995. DJ. folio. * 60.00
15. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden. 25 YEARS OF BOTANY. pp. 261. illus. 1974. wrs. 18.00
Arditti, J. ORCHID BIOLOGY: REVIEWS & PERSPECTIVES.
16. Vol. III. pp. 432. illus. Cornell. 1984. DJ. Signature laid-in. Contains: Northen - Orchids:Their promising future; Lawler - Ethnobotany of the Orchidcaceae; Stoessi - Orchid Phytoalexins; Ardittii - Physiology of germinating orchid seeds; Ernst - Carbohydrates of the Orchidaceae; Hausen - Toxic & allergenic orchids; Tanaka - A reassessment of the sectional limits in the genus Cymbidium. In Print @ 65.00. * 25.00
17. Vol. IV. pp. 349. illus. Cornell. 1987. DJ. Signature laid-in. Contains: Alphonsoo - Orchidology in SE Asia: a history; Benzing - Major patterns & processes in orchid evolution: a critical synthesis; Dafnii - Pollination in Orchis & related genera: evolution from reward to deception; Rasmussen - Orchid stomata - structure, differentiation, function & phylogeny; Pridgeon - The velamen & exodermis of orchid roots. In Print @ 65.00 * 25.00
18. Vol. V. pp. 451. illus. Timber. 1990. DJ. * 26.00
19. Arnberger, L. FLOWERS OF THE SW MOUNTAINS. pp. 139. illus. SW. 1982. wrs. 12.00
20. Arnold Arboretum. CENTENNIAL LECTURES. pp. 168. illus. 1972. wrs. 15.00
21. Attenborough, D. THE PRIVATE LIFE OF PLANTS. pp. 320. color photos. Princeton. 1995. DJ. * 21.00
22. Ausubel, K. SEEDS OF CHANGE: THE LIVING TREASURE. pp. 232. color photos. Harper. 1992. wrs. * 16.00
23. Baldwin Et Al B. THE JEPSON DESERT MANUAL. pp. 624. color photos. CA. 2002. wrs. 35.00
24. Ayensu, E. ENDANGERED & THREATENED PLANTS OF THE U.S. pp. 403. Smithsonian. 1978. * 20.00
25. Ayensu, E. ANATOMY OF THE MONOCOTYLEDONS. VOL. VI. Dioscoreales. pp. 182. 16 pls. Oxford. 1972. DJ. * 45.00
26. Bailey, L. HORTUS SECOND. pp. 778. MacMillan. 1969. DJ. 25.00
27. Bailey, L. HORTUS III. pp. 1290. illus. MacMillan. 1976. DJ. 99.00
28. Bailey, L. HORTUS THIRD. pp. 1290. illus. MacMillan. 1976. Good clean copy. No DJ. Cover lightly bumped. 45.00
29. Bailey, L. THE GARDEN OF BELLFLOWERS. pp. 155. illus. Cornell. 1953. Worn DJ. Musty smelling. 25.00
30. Bailey, L. THE GARDEN OF LARKSPURS. pp. 116. color pls. MacMillan. 1939. Scattered foxing. 20.00
31. Bailey, L. THE STANDARD CYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 3 Vols. pp. 3639. illus. MacMillan. 1935 to 1950. * 125.00
32. Baker, H. PLANTS & CIVILIZATION. pp. 194. illus. Wadsworth. 1970. wrs. 9.00
33 Baker, J. FLOWER POWER. pp. 354. illus. Author. 1999. 12.00
34. Balee, W. FOOTPRINTS OF THE FOREST KA‚APOR ETHNOBOTANY - THE HISTORICAL ECOLOGY OF PLANT UTILIZATION BY AN AMAZONIAN PEOPLE. pp. 396. illus. Columbia. 1994. wrs. * 22.00
35. Ball Et Al D. SOUTHERN FORAGES. pp. 256. color photos. AG RES. 1991. wrs. 12.50
36. Barker, N. HORTUS EYSTETTENSSIS: THE BISHOP'S GARDEN & BESLER'S MAGNIFICENT BOOK. pp. 80 pages of color pls. Abrams. 1995. Large folio. 45.00
37. Barkley, T. FIELD GUIDE TO THE COMMON WEEDS OF KANSAS. pp. 164. illus. Kansas. 1983. wrs. 10.00
38. Barnes & W. Wagner, B. MICHIGAN TREES. pp. 383. illus. MI. 1981. wrs. 18.00
39. Barry, J. NATURAL VEGETATION OF S CAROLINA. pp. 214. photos. SC. 1980. wrs. 50.00
40. Bates et al, D. BIOLOGY & UTILIZATION OF THE CUCURBITACEAE. pp. 485. illus. Cornell. 1990. * 25.00
41. Batson, W. GENERA OF W PLANTS. pp. 210. illus. SC. 1984. wrs. * 6.00
42. Batson, W. LANDSCAPE PLANTS FOR THE SE. pp. 406. illus. SC. 1984. DJ. * 12.50
43. Beacham et al, W. BEACHAM‚S GUIDE TO THE ENDANGERED SPECIES OF N AMERICA. VOL. 5. DICOTS. pp. 542. color photos. Gale. 2001. * 35.00
44. Beaman, J. REVISION OF HIERACIUM IN MEXICO & CENTRAL AMERICA. pp. 77. illus. ASPT. 1990. wrs. 21.00
45. Beatley, J. VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE NEVADA TEST SITE & CENTRAL-SOUTHERN NEVADA: ECOLOGIC & GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTIONS. pp. 308. photos. NTIS. 1976. 20.00
46. Bechtel et al, H. MANUAL OF CULTIVATED ORCHID SPECIES. pp. 444. color illus. MIT. 1986. DJ. Rev ed. 55.00
47. Beek & D. Foster, M. WILD FLOWERS OF S AUSTRALIA. U/P. color photos. Hale. 1972. DJ. 15.00
48. Bell & B. Taylor, C. FLORIDA WILD FLOWERS & ROADSIDE PLANTS. pp. 308. color photos. Laurel. 1982. DJ. 18.00
49. Bell, C. THE SANICULA CRASSCAULIS COMPLEX (UMBELLIFERAE): A STUDY OF VARIATION & POLYPLOIDY. pp. 85. 5 pls. CA. 1954. wrs. 9.50
50. Bell & A. Jemsley P. GREEN PLANTS THEIR ORIGIN & DIVERSITY. pp. 349. illus. Cambridge. 2000. wrs. 24.00
51. Benson, L. THE NATIVE CACTI OF CALIFORNIA. pp. 243. b&w & color illus. Stanford. 1969. wrs. 20.00
52. Benson & R. Darrow, L. TREES & SHRUBS OF THE SW DESERTS. pp. 416. illus. AZ. 1981. Worn DJ. 3rd ed. 45.00
53. Bentham, G. HANDBOOK OF THE BRITISH FLORA. pp. 606. Reeve. 1954. DJ. 10.00
54. Bentley (ed) et al, B. THE BIOLOGY OF NECTARIES. pp. 259. illus. Columbia. 1983. DJ. * 25.00
55. Bentley, S. NATIVE ORCHIDS OF THE S APPALACHIANS. pp. 235. color photos. NC. 2000. DJ. * 16.00
56. Bernath, J. POPPY: THE GENUS PAPAVER. pp. 352. illus. Harwood. 1998. In Print @ 115. 85.00
57. Benson, L. PLANT CLASSIFICATION. pp. 688. illus. Heath. 1957. 18.00
58. Benson, L THE CACTI OF ARIZONA. pp.134. AZ. 1940. wrs. 15.00
59. Benson, L THE CACTI OF THE U.S. & CANADA. pp. 1044 color photos. Stanford. 1982.DJ. 250.00
60. Bewley & M. Black, J. SEEDS PHYSIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT & GERMINATION. pp. 367. illus. Plenum. 1986. Front scuffed. 25.00
61. Bews, J THE GRASSES & GRASSLANDS OF S AFRICA. pp 161. illus. Davis. 1918. 50.00
62. Bir, R. GROWING & PROPAGATING SHOWY NATIVE WOODY PLANTS. pp. 192. color photos. NC. 1992. wrs. 15.00
63. Biswas, K. PLANTS OF DARJEELING & THE SIKKIM HIMALAYAS. Vol. 1. pp. 537. color & b&w pls. Bengal. 1966. DJ. 75.00
64. Blackburne-Maze, P. FRUIT AN ILLUS HISTORY. pp. 335. color paintings. Firefly. 2002. DJ. * 55.00
65. Blacker, M. FLORA DOMESTICA: A HISTORY OF BRITISH FLOWER ARRANGING 1500 - 1930. pp. 256. color pls. Abrams. 2000. DJ. * 25.00
66. Blake & H. Cutler, L. PLANTS FROM THE PAST. pp. 177. AL. 2001. wrs. * 15.00
67. Blake, S. GEOGRAPHICAL GUIDE TO FLORAS OF THE WORLD. PT. I. pp. 336. Hafner. 1967. 20.00
68. Blake, S. GEOGRAPHICAL GUIDE TO FLORAS OF THE WORLD. PT. II. W. EUROPE. pp. 742. USDA. 1961. * 25.00
69. Blake, S. GEOGRAPHICAL GUIDE TO FLORAS OF THE WORLD. 2 parts. pp. 1078. USDA. 1942. The pair: 35.00
70. Blomquist & H. Oosting, H. A GUIDE TO THE SPRING & EARLY SUMMER FLORA OF THE PIEDMONT, N. CAROLINA. pp. 155. NC. wrs. 1948. 15.00
71. Blundell, M. WILD FLOWERS OF KENYA. pp. 160. color photos. Collins. 1982. DJ. 25.00
72 Borodina et al, A. PLANTS OF CENTRAL ASIA. Vol. 9. Salicaceae - Polygonaceae. pp. 197. Science. 2005. 65.00
73. Bosard Et Al, C. INVASIVE PLANTS OF CALIFORNIA'S WILDLANDS. pp. 360.color photos. CA. 2000. wrs. 26.00
74. Bowden, J. JOHN LIGHTFOOT (Scotland) HIS WORKS & TRAVELS. pp. 254. Hunt. 1989. Small ink scribble on flyleaf. 25.00
75. Boer, J. FA JOE TAK‚ MI NO MOI. 2 vols. Hypericaceae - Labiatae. pp. 293. illus. Para. 1976. wrs. 26.00
76. Boggan et al, J. CHECKLIST OF THE PLANTS OF THE GUIANAS. pp. 381. Guyana. 1992. Spiral wrs. 35.00
77 Boivin, B. PROVANCHERIA NO. 6. Enumeration des plantes du canada. pp. 473. Nat Can. 1955. wrs. 26.00
78. Bor & M. Raizada, N. SOME BEAUTIFUL -.N CLIMBERS & SHRUBS. pp. 286. 31 color & 99 b&w pls. Bombay. 1954. DJ. 75.00
79. Botanical Journal. BIOLOGIA VOL. II. pp. 214. illus. Chronica Botanica. 1951. wrs. 20.00
80. Botanical Journal. PERSOONIA A MYCOLOGICAL JOURNAL. pp. 237. illus. Leiden. 1973. Worn wrs. 15.00
81. Botanical Journal. TAXON. Volume 18, 19, 20, 21 (missing pt 4), 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36. (missing pts 3 & 4), 37 (missing pt 1), 38, 39, 40, 41, 42 (missing pt 3), 43, 44, 45, & 46 pt 1. In wrs. as issued. Postage at cost. They are heavy. 250.00
82. Boulos, L. COMMON WEEDS IN EGYPT. pp. 150. 150 pls. Egypt. 1967. Worn wrs. 21.00
83. Bowen & E. Nambiar, G. NUTRITION OF PLANTATION FORESTS. pp. 516. illus. Academic. 1984. Covers soiled. 15.00
84. Bowers, C. RHODODENDRONS & AZALEAS: THEIR ORIGINS, CULTIVATION & DEVELOPMENT. pp. 549. color frontis + illus. MacMillan. 1936. Spine number. 45.00
85. Bowers, J. DUNE COUNTRY: A NATURALIST'S LOOK AT THE PLANT LIFE OF SW SAND DUNES. pp. 156. photos. AZ. 1986. wrs. * 9.99
86. Boyle, L. OUT WEST GROWING CYMBIDIUM ORCHIDS & OTHER FLOWERS. pp. 526. color photos. Author. 1952. 35.00
87. Brainerd, E. SOME NATURAL VIOLET HYBRIDS OF N AMERICA. pp. 205. VT. 1924. wrs. 25.00
88. Braseur et al, F. VEGETATION DE LA RESERVE NATURELLE DOMAIALE DES ANCIENNES TROUFFERIES LIBIN) & DES ETANGS DE LUCHY. pp. 64. Maps. 1978. wrs. Nos. 8 & 9. Each: 9.00
89. Braun, E. THE MONOCOTYLEDONEAE CAT-TAILS TO ORCHIDS. pp. 464. illus. OSU. 1967. DJ. * 25.00
90. Breedlove & R. Laughlin, D. THE FLOWERING OF MAN: A TZOTZIL BOTANY OF ZINACANTAN. pp. 336. illus. Smithsonian. 2000. wrs. 35.00
91. Breymeyer & G. Van Dyne, A GRASSLANDS SYSTEMS ANALYSIS & MAN pp. 950. illus.Cambridge. 1980.Dj 99.00
92. Britton & A. Brown, N. AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA OF THE N U.S. & CANADA. 3 vols. pp. 2052. illus. Dover reprint. 1970. Rubbed wrs. The set: 20.00
93. Britton & J. Rose, N. THE CACTACEAE: 4 VOLS IN 2. pp. 559. Photos & pls. Dover. 1963. djs. 75.00
94. Brooker et al, S. NEW ZEALAND MEDICINAL PLANTS. pp. 117. color illus. Heinemann. 1981. DJ. 30.00
95. Brooks, R. PHYTOARCHAEOLOGY. pp. 224. illus. Dioscorides. 1990. * 30.00
96. Brown, P. WILD ORCHIDS OF THE NE U.S. A FIELD GUIDE. pp. 236. color photos. Comstock. 1997. wrs. 12.50
97. Brucher, H. USEFUL PLANTS OF NEOTROPICAL ORIGIN & THEIR WILD RELATIVES. pp. 296. Photos. Springer. 1989. In Print @ 205. 149.00
98. Buckner & L. Bush, R. TALL FESCUE. pp.351. illus. SSSA. 1979. 25.00
99. Bueno, A. LES CAMPANYES BOTANIQUES DE PIUS FONT I QUER AL NORD D‚AFRICA. pp. 173. illus. Barcelona. 1988. wrs. 15.00
100. Bunting, G. GENTES HERBARUM: COMMENTARY ON MEXICAN ARACEAE. pp. 102. photos. 1965. wrs. 20.00
101. Burdon, J. DISEASES & PLANT POPULATION BIOLOGY. pp. 208. illus. Cambridge. 1987. DJ. 12.50
102. Burnett (ed), J. THE VEGETATION OF SCOTLAND. pp.613. photos. Oliver. 1964. No DJ. 45.00
103. Burnett (ed), J. THE VEGETATION OF SCOTLAND. pp.613. photos. Oliver. 1964. DJ. 50.00
104. Burrows, C. PROCESSES OF VEGETATION CHANGE. pp. 551. illus. Hyman. 1990. In Print @ 64.50. 40.00
105. Busch et al, L. MAKING NATURE, SHAPING CULTURE: PLANT DIVERSITY IN GLOBAL CONTEXT. pp. 261. NE. 1995. DJ. 35.00
106. Butters & E. Abbe, F. A FLORISTIC STUDY OF COOK COUNTY, NE MINNESOTA. pp. 201. photos. Rhodora 35. 1953. wrs. 20.00
107. Calder & J. Taylor, F. FLORA OF THE QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS. 2 Vols. pp. 807. color photos. Canada. 1968. DJ. 46.00
108. Callow, J. ADVANCES IN BOTANICAL RESEARCH. VOL. 19. pp. 344. illus. Academic. 1993. 25.00
109. Canny, M. PHLOEM TRANSLOCATION. pp. 301. illus. Cambridge. 1973. DJ. 18.00
110. Casida & G. Quistad, J. PYRETHRUM FLOWERS: PRODUCTION, CHEMISTRY & USES. pp. 356. color photos & illus. Oxford. 1995. DJ. In Print @ 65.00. * 40.00
111. Cerovsky, J. ENDANGERED PLANTS. pp. 176. color illus. Aventinum. 1995. DJ. 16.00
112. Chan et al, C. ORCHIDS OF BORNEO. 3 vols. pp. 1043. color photos. Kew. 1994. DJ. The set: 185.00
113. Cheplick (ed), G. POPULATION BIOLOGY OF GRASSES. pp. 399. illus. Cambridge. 1998. 45.00
114. Chidamian, C. THE BOOK OF CACTI & OTHER SUCCULENTS. pp. 243. color photos. Doubleday. 1958. Dj 12.50
115. Childers & W. Sherman (eds), N. THE PEACH WORLD CULTIVARS TO MARKETING. pp. 986. illus. Hort Pubs. 1988. 45.00
116. Christiansen & M. Muller, P. AN illus. GUIDE TO IOWA PRAIRIE PLANTS. pp. 237. illus. IA 1998. wrs. 25.00
117. Church, A. THE ANATOMY OF FLOWERS. pp. 128. color pls. Merrell. 2000. DJ. Folio. 45.00
118. Cittadino, E. NATURE AS THE LABORATORY: DARWINIAN PLANT ECOLOGY IN THE GERMAN EMPIRE, 1880-1900. pp. 199. Photos. Cambridge. 1990. DJ. In Print @ 49.95. * 30.00
119. Clapham et al, A. FLORA OF THE BRITISH ISLES illus.TRATIONS PT. III. Boraginaceae - Compositae. pp. 115. 440 figs. Cambridge. 1963. Worn DJ. 20.00
120. Clark & J. Fletcher, G. FARM WEEDS OF CANADA. pp. 192. color pls. by Norman Criddle. Ottawa. 1909. Hinges tender. Signed by George Clark. 75.00
121. Clarke, C. NEPENTHES OF BORNEO. pp. 207. 121 color photos. Sabah. 1997. DJ. * 99.00
122. Clarke, E. THE FLOWER GARDEN PLANNER. color illus. Simon. 1984. 140 press outs. * 7.50
123. Clausen, J. STAGES IN THE EVOLUTION OF PLANT SPECIES. pp. 206. illus. Hafner. 1962. 25.00
124. Clements, E. FLOWERS OF COAST & SIERRA. pp. 226. 32 color pls. Wilson. 1950. Embossed cover. 40.00
126. Clifford, H. VEGETATION OF N STRADBROKE ISLAND, QUEENSLAND (AUSTRALIA). pp. 141. Photos. Queensland. 1979. wrs. * 8.75
126. Coats, A. FLOWERS AND THEIR HISTORIES. pp. 348. color pls. Hutton. 1956. 75.00
127. Coats, A. GARDEN SHRUBS & THEIR HISTORIES. pp. 223. color pls. 1992 DJ. * 25.00
128. Coats, A. THE BOOK OF FLOWERS. pp. 308. color pls. Phaidon. 1973. DJ. Folio. * 35.00
129. Coats, A. THE TREASURY OF FLOWERS. pp. 119. 119 illus., 33 in color. McGraw. 1975. Worn DJ. 25.00
130. Coe & H. Beentje, M. A FIELD GUIDE TO ACACIAS OF KENYA. pp. 148. illus. Oxford. 1991. * 35.00
131. Coleman, R. THE WILD ORCHIDS OF ARIZONA & NEW MEXICO. pp. 248. color photos. Comstock. 2002. DJ. * 18.00
132. Collingwood & W. Brush, G. KNOWING YOUR TREES. pp. 312. photos. AFA. 1947. Bound in green buckram. 25.00
133. Condit, I. THE FIG. pp. 222. illus. Chronica Botanica 1947. 75.00
134. Connor, S. NEW ENGLAND NATIVES: A CELEBRATION OF PEOPLE & TREES. pp. 274. color illus. Harvard. 1994. wrs. * 24.95
135. Contributions from the Gray Herbarium. 14 parts. All in worn wrs. 1898 to 1945. The lot: 35.00
136. Cook, A. DISEASES OF TROPICAL & SUBTROPICAL VEGETABLE & OTHER PLANTS. pp. 381. illus. Hafner. 1978. 25.00
137. Cook & G. Collins, O. ECONOMIC PLANTS OF PORTO RICO. pp. 269. 47 pls. Smithsonian. 1903. wrs. 65.00
138. Coombs, R. VIOLETS THE HISTORY & CULTIVATION OF SCENTED VIOLETS. pp 144. color 2218 illus. Batsford. 2003. DJ. 20.00
139. Cooperrider, T. THE DICOTYLEDONEAE OF OHIO. PT. 2. Linaceae through Campanulaceae. pp. 656. illus. OSU. 1995. DJ. In Print @ 80.00. * 25.00
140. Core, E. PLANT TAXONOMY. pp. 459. 125 figs. Prentice. 1955. 16.00
141. Core Et Al, E. W VIRGINIA GRASSES. pp. 96. illus. WV. 1944.wrs. Taped Spine 10.00
142. Corner, E. THE LIFE OF PLANTS. pp. 315. color illus. World. 1964. DJ. 15.00
143. Correll, D. NATIVE ORCHIDS OF N AMERICA. pp. 400. 146 b&w pls. Stanford. 1978. DJ. * 35.00
144. Correll, D. THE POTATO & ITS WILD RELATIVES. pp. 606. 212 illus. Texas Tech. 1962. Worn DJ. 48.00
145. Cottesloe & D. Hunt, G. THE DUCHESS OF BEAUFORT‚S FLOWERS. pp. 61. 32 color pls. 1983. DJ. * 15.00
146. Coulter & A. Nelson, J. NEW MANUAL OF BOTANY OF THE CENTRAL ROCKY MOUNTAINS (VASCULAR PLANTS). pp. 646. ABC. 1909. 25.00
147. Cowan, R. FLORA NEOTROPICA: SWARTZIA. pp. 227. illus. Hafner. 1967. wrs. * 12.50
148. Cox, P. DWARF RHODODENDRONS. pp. 296. color illus. MacMillan. 1973. DJ. 25.00
149. Cox, P. THE LARGER RHODODENDRON SPECIES. pp. 389. color photos. Batsford. 1990. DJ. 26.00
150. Cox & S. Banack (eds), P. ISLANDS, PLANTS & POLYNESIANS: AN INTRO TO POLYNESIAN ETHNOBOTANY. pp. 161. photos. Timber Press. 1991. DJ. 36.00
151. Crackles E. FLORA OF THE E RIDING OF YORKSHIRE. pp. 271. color photos. Hull. 1990. DJ. * 45.00
152. Crampton, B. GRASSES IN CALIFORNIA. pp. 178. color photos. CA. 1974. wrs. 10.00
153. Creager, D. CEPHALOSPORIUM DISEASE OF ELMS. pp. 91. 16 pls. Arnold. 1937. wrs. 25.00
154. Crellin, J. A REFERENCE GUIDE TO MEDICINAL PLANTS. pp. 551. illus. Duke. 1990. wrs. * 25.00
155. Cribb, P. THE FORGOTTEN ORCHIDS OF ALEXANDRE BRUN. pp. 159. 59 full page watercolor paintings. Grove. 1992. Folio. DJ. In Print @ 75.00. * 35.00
156. Cronquist, A. FLORE DU CONGO BELGE ET DU RUANDA-URUNDI SPERMATOPHYTES. VOL. 5. Papilionaceae. pp. 104. illus. Bruxelles. 1954. wrs. 16.00
157. Cronquist et al, A. INTERMOUNTAIN FLORA. VOL. 6. MONOCOTYLEDONS. pp. 584. illus. NYBG. 1977. Rear hinge cracked. 75.00
158. Crovello, T. THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF INDIANA. pp. 136. Notre Dame. 1983. * 10.00
159. Cuatrecasas, J. A TAXONOMIC REVISION OF THE HUMIRIACEAE. pp. 214. illus. Smithsonian. 1961. Scuffed wrs. 18.00
160. Cullen et al, J. THE EUROPEAN GARDEN FLORA. VOL. V. Dicotyledons. Part III. illus. Cambridge. 1997. In Print @ 160.00. 99.00
161. Cullen et al, J. THE EUROPEAN GARDEN FLORA. VOL. VI. Dicotyledons. Part IV. illus. Cambridge. 2000. In Print @ 180.00. * 125.00
162. Cunningham, I. FRANK N. MEYER: PLANT HUNTER IN ASIA. pp. 317. b&w photos. IA. 1984. DJ. * 25.00
163. Dajun & S. Shao-Jin, W. BAMBOOS OF CHINA. pp. 167. illus. Timber. 1987. Folio. DJ. 35.00
164. Dale, J. GARDENER‚S PALETTE. pp. 192. color photos. Harmony. DJ. 17.50
165. Dandy, J. LIST OF BRITISH VASCULAR PLANTS. pp. 176. London. 1958. 25.00
166. Dannenfeldt, K. LEONHARD RAUWOLF: SIXTEENTH-CENTURY PHYSICIAN, BOTANIST, & TRAVELER. pp. 321. map. Harvard. 1968. DJ. 26.00
167. Darnell, A. ORCHIDS FOR THE OUTDOOR GARDEN. pp. 468. 22 pls. Reeve. 1930. Top of spine Worn. 99.00
168. Dassanayake et al, M. FLORA OF CEYLON. Vol. VI. Ancistrocladaceae to Zygophyllaceae. pp. 424. illus. Ammerind. 1987. DJ. 25.00
169. Daubenmire, R. PLANTS & ENVIRONMENT. pp. 424. Photos. Wiley. 1947. 35.00
170. Davidian, H. THE RHODODENDRON SPECIES. Vols 1 - 4. pp. 1340. color illus. Timber. 1995. DJ. The set: 99.00
171. Davidian, H. RHODODENDRONS VOL. II. ELEPIDOTES. PT. I. Arboreum to Lacteum. pp. 344. illus. Timber. 1989. DJ. * 35.00
172. Davidson, B. LEWISIAS. pp. 236. color pls. Timber. 1999. DJ. 26.00
173. Davies, R. KEW INDEX FOR 1986 OR 1987. pp. 195 or 168. wrs. Each: 9.99
174. Davies et al, R. KEW INDEX FOR 1988. pp. 198. Oxford. 1989. wrs. * 9.99
175. Davis, H. LIFE & WORK OF CYRUS GUERNSEY PRINGLE. pp. 756. VT. 1936. wrs. * 35.00
176. Davis, R. FLORA OF IDAHO. pp. 828. Brown. 1952. 40.00
177. Dean, B. THOREAU‚S REDISCOVERED LAST MANUSCRIPT: WILDFRUITS. pp. 409. illus. Norton. 2000. DJ. 20.00
178. DeBary, A. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VEGETATIVE ORGANS OF THE PHANEROGAMS & FERNS. pp. 659. illus. Oxford. 1884. 99.00
179. Debnath & M. Nayer, H. THE POPPIES OF INDIAN REGION. pp. 192. color photos. India.. 1986. DJ. 35.00
180. Degener, O. FERNS & FLOWERING PLANTS OF HAWAII NATIONAL PARK. pp. 312. 95 pls. Honolulu. 1939. 30.00
181. Degener, O. FLORA HAWAIIENSIS. BOOK 4. Author. 1942. Lib Marks Removed. Signed. 40.00
182. Degener, O. PLANTS OF HAWAII NATIONAL PARK. pp. 314. illus. HI. 1945. wrs. 20.00
183. DeLaubenfels, D. MAPPING THE WORLD‚S VEGETATION: REGIONALIZATION OF FORMATIONS & FLORA. pp. 246. illus. Syracuse. 1975. DJ. * 16.00
184. Dickerson, B. THE OLD ROSE ADVENTURER: THE ONCE-BLOOMING OLD EUROPEAN ROSES AND MORE. pp. 201. color paintins. Timber. 1999. DJ. 55.00
185. Dickinson, T. THE ROM FIELD GUIDE TO WILDFLOWERS OF ONTARIO. pp. 416. color photos. wrs. 16.00
186. Digregorio & J. Wallner, M A VANISHING HERITAGE WILDFLOWERS OF CAPE COD. pp.169.color photos. Mt Press. 1989. wrs. 10.00
187. Dilcher & T. Taylor, D. BIOSTRATIGRAPHY OF FOSSIL PLANTS. pp. 259 illus. Dowden. 1980. 50.00
188. Dirr, M. MICHAEL A. DIRR'S LIBRARY OF WOODY LANDSCAPE PLANTS ON CD-ROM. PlantameriCA. 4 CD's. In Print @ 149.00. The set: 99.00
189. Dirr, M. MANUAL OF WOODY LANDSCAPE PLANTS. pp. 1007. illus. Stipes. 1990. 50.00
190. Dirr, M. PHOTOGRAPHIC MANUAL OF WOODY LANDSCAPE PLANTS. pp. 378. 1295 photos. Stipes. * 30.00
191. Dirr, M. PHOTOGRAPHIC MANUAL OF WOODY LANDSCAPE PLANTS. wrs. 1987. 20.00
192. Dodge, N. FLOWERS OF THE SW DESERTS. pp. 136. illus. SW. 1985. wrs. 10.00
193. Dodson & A. Gentry, C. FLORA OF THE RIO PALENQUE SCIENCE CENTER LOS RIOS PROVINCE ECUADOR. pp. 628. 278 pls. Selbyana 4, 1-6. 1978. wrs. 125.00
194. Doughty, R. THE EUCALYPTUS: A NATURAL & COMMERCIAL HISTORY OF THE GUM TREE. pp. 237. photos. Hopkins. 2000. DJ. In Print @ 44.95. * 20.00
195. Downing et al, A. PLEASURE GROUNDS: ANDREW JACKSON DOWNING & MONTGOMERY PLACE. pp. 96. color pls. Hudson. 1988. DJ. * 15.00
196. Dressler, R. FIELD GUIDE TO THE ORCHIDS OF COSTA RICA.& PANAMA. pp. 374. 40 color pls. Cornell. 1993. wrs. * 35.00
197. Dressler, R. THE ORCHIDS: NATURAL HISTORY & CLASSIFICATION. pp. 332. color photos & illustrations. Smithsonian. 1990. wrs. * 15.95
198. Dressler, R. THE ORCHIDS. BOUND: NATURAL HISTORY & CLASSIFICATION. pp. 332. color photos & illus.trations. Smithsonian. 1990. DJ. 35.00
199. Dreyer, G. CONNECTICUT‚S NOTABLE TREES. pp. 91. illus. CT. 1988. wrs. 10.00
200. Dring, M. BIOLOGY OF MARINE PLANTS. pp. 199. illus. Cambridge. 1992. wrs. 25.00
201. Ducet & C. Lance, G. PLANT MITOCHONDRIA. pp. 454. illus. Elsevier. 1978. Corner bumped. 15.00
202. Dugdale, C. A MODERN AMERICAN HERBAL. VOL. 2. USEFUL HERBACEOUS PLANTS. pp. 220. Leaf prints by David Marx. Barnes 1978. Worn DJ. * 15.00
203. Duncan, W. VASCULAR FLORA OF GEORGIA: AN ANNOTATED CHECKLIST. pp. 158. GA. 1981. wrs. * 7.50
204. Dunthorne, G. FLOWER & FRUIT PRINTS OF THE 18TH & EARLY 19TH CENTURIES. pp. 275. illus. Martino reprint of 1938 edition. Ltd. to 250 copies. 75.00
205. Dupree, A. ASA GRAY pp.505. Harvard. 1959. Chipped DJ. 30.00
206. Durant, M. WHO NAMED THE DAISY? WHO NAMED THE ROSE? pp. 214. illus. Dodd. 1976. DJ. 15.00
207. Eichler, H. SUPPLEMENT TO J M BLACK‚S FLORA OF S AUSTRALIA. pp. 385. Australia. 1965. wrs. 30.00
208. Elliott, B. AN illus. HISTORY OF THE GARDEN FLOWER: FLORA. pp. 336. color paintings. Firefly. 2003. * 16.00
209. Elliott, D. ROOTS: AN UNDERGROUND BOTANY & FORAGERS GUIDE. pp. 128. illus. Chatham. 1976. wrs. 15.00
210. Ellis, E. ANCIENT ANODYNES: PRIMITIVE ANAESTESIA & ALLIED CONDITIONS. pp. 187. Heinemann. 1946. DJ. 45.00
211. Elmore, F. SHRUBS & TREES OF THE SW UPLANDS. pp. 214. color photos. SW. 1975. wrs. 15.00
212. Emboden, W. BIZARRE PLANTS: MAGICAL, MONSTROUS, & MYTHICAL. pp. 211. illus. MacMillan. 1974. Worn DJ. 12.50
213. Engel & S. Phummai, D. A FIELD GUIDE TO TROPICAL PLANTS OF ASIA. pp. 280. color photos. Timber. 2000. wrs. * 18.00
214. Engels et al, J. PLANT GENETIC RESOURCES OF ETHIOPIA. pp. 383. Cambridge. 1991. In Print @ 89.95. * 45.00
215. Enright & R. Hill, N. ECOLOGY OF THE S CONIFERS (S HEMISPHERE). pp. 342. illus. Smithsonian. 1995. DJ. * 25.00
216. Erdtman, G. INTRO TO POLLEN ANALYSIS. pp. 239. illus. Chronica Botanica. 1954. 35.00
217. Esau, K. ANATOMY OF SEED PLANTS. pp.376. illus. Wiley. 1960. 15.00
218. Esmeralda (ed), M. FIRST INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON ORNAMENTAL PALMS. pp. 258. illus. ISHS. 1994. wrs. 12.50
219. Evans, L. INDUCTION OF FLOWERING: SOME CASE HISTORIES. pp. 488. illus. 1969. 33.00
220. Ewan, J. INTRO TO THE FACSIMILE REPRINT OF FREDERICK PURSH‚S FLORA AMERICAE SEPTENTRIONALIS (1814). pp. 117. Cramer. 1979. wrs. 15.00
221. Ewan, J. A SHORT HISTORY OF BOTANY IN THE U.S. pp. 174. Hafner. 1969. * 25.00
222. Ewing, W. FLORA PHOTOGRAPHICA: MASTERPIECES OF FLOWER PHOTOGRAPHY FROM 1835 TO PRESENT. pp. 224. 215 illus. Thames. 1991. DJ. In Print @ 89.50. 45.00
223. Eyle, A. CHARLES LATHROP PACK: TIMBERMAN, FOREST CONSERVATIONIST AND PIONEER IN FOREST EDUCATION. pp. 320. illus. NY. 1992. DJ. * 15.00
224. Faegri & L. Van Der Pijl, K. PRINCIPLES OF POLLINATION ECOLOGY. pp. 291. illus. Pergamon. 1971. 45.00
225. Fahey, G. FORAGE QUALITY EVALUATION & UTILIZATION.pp. 1998. ASA. 1994. 99.00
226. Fairchild, D. GARDEN ISLANDS OF THE GREAT EAST: COLLECTING SEEDS FROM THE PHILIPPINES & NETHERLAND INDIA IN THE JUNK 'CHENG-HO'. pp. 239. photos. Scribner. 1948. * 25.00
227. Fairchild, D. THE WORLD GROWS ROUND MY DOOR. pp.347. illus. Scribner. 1947. 25.00
228. Fassett, N. SPRING FLORA OF WISCONSIN. pp. 178. illus. WI. 1947. 12.50
229. Feltwell, J. THE NATURALIST‚S GARDEN. pp. 160. color illus. Ebury. 1987. DJ. 15.00
230. Ferlatte, W. A FLORA OF THE TRINITY ALPS OF N CALIFORNIA. pp. 206. illus. CA. 1974. * 25.00
231. Fernald, M. BOTANICAL SPECIALTIES OF THE SEWARD FOREST & ADJACENT AREAS OF SE VIRGINIA. pp. 111. illus. Gray. 1945. wrs. 16.50
232. Fernald, M. GRAY‚S MANUAL OF BOTANY. pp. 1632. illus. ABC. 1950. Covers sealed in plastic. 45.00
233. Fernald, M. GRAY‚S MANUAL OF BOTANY. pp. 1632. illus. ABC. 1950. X-Lib. Musty. 26.00
234. Fisher, T. THE DICOTYLEDONEAE OF OHIO. PT. 3. Asteraceae. pp. 280. illus. OSU. 1988. DJ. * 25.00
235. Fitzharris, T. FIELDS OF DREAMS: TRAVELS IN THE WILDFLOWER MEADOWS OF AMERICA. pp. 73. color photos. Harper. 1995. wrs. * 7.50
236. Flint, H. LANDSCAPE PLANTS FOR E N AMERICA.EXCLUSIVE OF FLORIDA & THE IMMEDIATE GULF COAST. pp. 842. illus. Wiley. 1997. 35.00
237. Flora Of N AmeriCA.Committee. FLORA OF N AMERICA.NORTH OF MEXICO. VOL. 2. PTERIDOPHYTES & GYMNOSPERMS. pp.475. illus. Oxford. 1993. 75.00
238. Flora Of N AmeriCA.Committee. FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA. Vol 22. Magnoliophyta to Zingiberidae. pp. 352 illus. Oxford. 2000. * 65.00
239. FLORA OF TROPICAL E AFRICA. 29 parts. About 7 Þ inches. illus. Crown. 1960‚s. wrs. The lot: 285.00
240. FLORA OF TROPICAL E AFRICA. Orchidaceae (Part 1). pp. 236. illus. Crown. 1968. wrs. 60.00
241. Forero & J. Gentry, E. REV OF THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF ROUREA SUBGENUS ROUREA & REVIRE OF THE GENUS HACKELIA IN N AMERICA. pp. 227. illus. NYBG. 1976. wrs. 25.00
242. Fosberg, F. FLORA OF MICRONESIA, 2: Casuarinaceae & Piperaceae pp. 28. Smithsonian. 1975. wrs. * 7.00
243. Fosberg, F. FLORA OF MICRONESIA, 3: Convolvulaceae. pp. 34. Smithsonian. 1977. wrs. 7.00
244. Fosberg, F. FLORA OF MICRONESIA, 4: Caprifoliaceae ˆ Compositae. pp. 70. Smithsonian. 1980. wrs. * 7.00
245. Fosberg, F. POLYNESIAN PLANT STUDIES 1-5. pp. 24. Smithsonian. 1975. wrs. * 6.00
246. Fosberg, F. POLYNESIAN PLANT STUDIES. 6-18. pp. 38. illus. Smithsonian. 1981. wrs. * 6.50
247. Fosberg, F. SYSTEMATIC STUDIES OF MICRONESIAN PLANTS. pp. 40. Map. Smithsonian. 1980. wrs. * 6.50
248. Foster, A. COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY OF VASCULAR PLANTS. pp. 555. illus. Freeman. 1959. Some underlining. 15.00
249. Frame, J. IMPROVED GRASSLAND MANAGEMENT. pp.351. color photos. Farming Press. 1992.DJ. 26.00
250. Frame Et Al, J. TEMPERATE FORAGE LEGUMES. pp. 327. illus. CAB. 1997. 50.00
251. Freeman, J. TEXT ANNOTATIONS & IDENTIFICATION NOTES FOR MANUAL OF THE VASCULAR FLORA OF THE CAROLINAS. pp. 54. BRIT. 1994. wrs. 15.00
252. Fritz, R. PLANT RESISTANCE TO HERBIVORES & PATHOGENS: ECOLOGY, EVOLUTION & GENETICS. pp. 590. illus. Chicago. 1992. In Print @ 75.00. 35.00
253. Fryxell, P. NATURAL HISTORY OF THE COTTON TRIBE. pp. 245. illus. TX A&M. 1979. DJ. * 15.00
254. Fuller, T. POISONOUS PLANTS OF CALIFORNIA. pp. 433. color photos. CA. 1986. wrs. * 12.00
255. Fulling, E. INDEX TO BOTANY AS RECORDED IN THE BOTANICAL REVIEW VOLS. 1-25 1935 - 1959. 584. NYBG. 1967. * 30.00
256. Gabrielson, I. W AMERICAN ALPINES. pp. 271. Photos. MacMillan. 1932. 35.00
257. Galloway, B. COMMERCIAL VIOLET CULTURE. pp. 224. illus. Delamare. 1899. 35.00
258. Gardner, V. BASIC HORTICULTURE. pp. 441. 180 illus. MacMillan. 1942. 16.00
259. Garnaud, J. ADVANCES IN HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE & THEIR APPLICATIONS. VOL. 2. pp. 527. illus. Pergamon. 1962. 15.00
260. Gardner, C. WILDFLOWERS OF W AUSTRALIA. pp. 164. color pls. Perth. 1959. DJ. 22.00
261. Gardner, J. HERBS IN BLOOM. pp. 394. color photos. Timber. 1998. DJ. 25.00
262. Garnsey & I. Balfour, H. OUTLINES OF CLASSIFICATION & SPECIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PLANTS. pp. 515. illus. Oxford. 1887. Light lib marks & scuffing. 29.00
263. Gates, F. FLORA OF KANSAS. pp. 286. maps. Kansas. 1940. wrs. The spine is chipped. 18.00
264. Gates, F. GRASSES IN KANSAS. pp. 349. illus. Kansas. 1936. Worn wrs. 18.00
265. Gates, F. GRASSES IN KANSAS. pp. 349. 270 illus. + maps. Kansas. 1937. Worn wrs. 16.00
266. Gates, F. WEEDS IN KANSAS. pp. 360. 145 figs. Kansas. 1941. Worn wrs. 15.00
267. Geils et al, B. MISTLETOES OF N AMERICAN CONIFERS. pp. 122. illus. USDA. 2002. wrs. 12.50
268. Gelderen et al, D. MAPLES OF THE WORLD. pp. 458. color illus. Timber. 1994. DJ. 45.00
269. Gentry, A. A FIELD GUIDE TO THE FAMILIES & GENERA OF WOODY PLANTS OF NW S AMERICA. pp. 895. illus. Conservation Intermational. 1993. wrs. 45.00
270. Giannasi, D. THE FLAVONOID SYSTEMATICS OF THE GENUS DAHLIA. pp. 175. illus. NYBG. 1975. wrs. 15.00
271. Gibbs, R. CHEMOTAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS. VOL. I. pp. 680. McGill. 1974. Worn DJ. 45.00
272. Gibbs, R. CHEMOTAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS. Vol. IV. pp. 389. McGill. 1974. Worn DJ. 45.00
273. Gibson & P. Nobel, A. THE CACTUS PRIMER. pp. 286. Photos. Harvard. 1986. wrs. * 24.95
274. Gibson, D. FLORA OF GUATEMALA: LOGANIACEAE. pp. 210. illus. Fieldiana 24:8:4. Stained wrs. 25.00
275. Gibson, W. OUR NATIVE ORCHIDS. pp. 158. illus. Doubleday. 1905. 75.00
276. Gilkey, H. HANDBOOK OF NW FLOWERING PLANTS. pp. 413. illus. Author. 1945. 18.00
277. Gilliam & M. Roberts, F. THE HERBACEOUS LAYER IN FORESTS OF E N AMERICA. pp. 408. Oxford. 2003. 26.00
278. Given, D. PRINCIPLES & PRACTICE OF PLANT CONSERVATION. pp. 292. illus. Timber. 1994. DJ. 25.00
279. Givnish, T. ON THE ECONOMY OF PLANT FORM & FUNCTION: EVOLUTIONARY CONSTRAINTS ON PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY: ADAPTIVE PATTERNS OF ENERGY CAPTURE IN PLANTS. pp. 717. Charts. Cambridge. 1986. In Print @ 115.00. * 85.00
280. Glassman, S. A REV OF B E DAHLGREN‚S INDEX OF AMERICAN PALMS. pp. 294. Cramer. 1972. wrs. 40.00
281. Gleason, H. THE NEW BRITTON & BROWN illus. FLORA. VOL. 2. SAURACEAE TO CORNACEAE. pp. 655. illus. Hafner Reprint. 1968. 50.00
282. Gleason, H. THE NEW BRITTON & BROWN illus. FLORA. VOL. 3. CLETHRACEAE TO COMPOSITAE. pp. 595. illus. Hafner Reprint. 1952. 50.00
283. Gnadinger, C. PYRETHRUM FLOWERS. pp. 269. Photos. McLauglin. 1933. 25.00
284. Gnadinger, C. PYRETHRUM FLOWERS + SUPPLEMENT. pp. 690. illus. King. 1936. 35.00
285. Godwin, H. HISTORY OF THE BRITISH FLORA. pp. 384. illus. 1956. Clean x-lib. 65.00
286. Goebel, K. ORGANOGRAPHY OF PLANTS ESPECIALLY OF THE ARCHEGOIATAE & SPERMAPHYTA. pp. 270. illus. Oxford. 1900. 45.00
287. Goldberg, A. CLASSIFICATION, EVOLUTION & PHYLOGENY OF THE FAMILIES OF DICTOYLEDONS. pp. 314. Smithsonian. 1986. wrs. 15.00
288. Goldblatt, P. GLADIOLUS IN TROPICAL AFRICA: SYSTEMATICS, BIOLOGY & EVOLUTION. pp. 321. color photos. Timber. 1996. DJ. * 28.00
289. Goldblatt, P. THE MORAEAS (IRIDACEAE) OF S AFRICA. pp. 224. 102 color pls. MBG. 1986. DJ. 85.00
290. Goldblatt, P. THE WOODY IRIDACEAE NIVENIA, KLATTIA & WITSENIA SYSTEMATICS, ECOLOGY & EVOLUTION. pp. 139. color pls. Timber. 1993. DJ. * 22.00
291. Goody, J. CULTURE OF FLOWERS. pp. 462. color photos. Cambridge. 1993. wrs. * 19.95
292. Gouch, R. BLUEBERRIES: A CENTURY OF RESEARCH. pp. 245. illus. Food Prod. 1996. 35.00
293. Gould, F. GRASS SYSTEMATICS. pp. 382. illus. McGraw. 1968. 28.00
294. Gould & R. Shaw, F. GRASS SYSTEMATICS. pp. 397. illus. TX A&M. 1983. wrs. 2nd Ed. 20.00
295. Graf, A. EXOTIC PLANT MANUAL. pp. 840. photos. Roehrs. 1974. DJ. 25.00
296. Graf, A. EXOTICA.SERIES 3. 7th ed pp. 1833. illus. Roehrs. 1974. 135.00
297. Graf, A. EXOTICA.3. pp. 1828. b&w & color illus. Roehrs. 1963. A few dings along bottom edge. 135.00
298. Grant, V. GENETIC & TAXONOMIC STUDIES IN GILIA. pp. 77. El Aliso. 1950. wrs. 12.50
299. Grant, V. GENETICS OF FLOWERING PLANTS. pp. 514. illus. Columbia. 1975. wrs. * 9.99
300. Grant et al, M. PARTIAL FLORA OF THE SOCIETY ISLANDS: ERICACEAE TO APOCYNACEAE. pp. 85. Smithsonian. 1974. wrs. * 7.50
301. Grantham & P. Klaassen, K. THE PLANTFINDERS GUIDE TO CACTI & OTHER SUCCULENTS. pp. 192. color photos. Timber. 1999. DJ. 16.00
302. Graves et al, C. CATALOGUE OF THE FLOWERING PLANTS & FERNS OF CONNECTICUT GROWING WITHOUT CULTIVATION. pp. 569. CT. 1910. 42.00
303. Graves et al, C. CATALOGUE OF THE FLOWERING PLANTS & FERNS OF CONNECTICUT GROWING WITHOUT CULTIVATION. pp. 569. CT. 1910. Bound in red buckram. 45.00
304. Gray, A. FIRST LESSON IN BOTANY & VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY. pp. 606. 14 pls. Ivison. 1866. Pencilled notes on endpapers. 35.00
305. Gray, A. GRAY'S BOTANICAL TEXT-BOOK VOL. I.STRUCTURAL BOTANY. pp. 442. illus. ABC. 1879. 35.00
306. Gray, A. GRAY‚S LESSONS IN BOTANY & VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY. pp. 703. 20 pls. Ivison. 1857. * 35.00
307. Gray, A. INTRO TO STRUCTURAL & SYSTEMATIC BOTANY. pp. 555. illus. Ivison. 1864. Stained. 20.00
308. Gray, A. MANUAL OF THE BOTANY OF THE N U.S. pp. 743. 8 pls. Ivison. 1863. Some staining. 40.00
309. Gray, A. MANUAL OF THE BOTANY OF THE N. U.S. pp. 760. 25 pls. ABC. 1889. Rubbed leather with taped flyleaf. 12.50
310. Gray, A. THE ELEMENTS OF BOTANY. pp. 226. illus. ABC. 1887.Name Clipped From End Paper & Pencilled Notes. 20.00
311. Grear, J. REV OF THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF ERIOSEMA. pp. 98. illus. NYBG. 1970. wrs. 15.00
312. Greene, E. LANDMARKS OF BOTANICAL HISTORY. 2 Vols. pp. 1139. Stanford. 1983. In Print @ 129.00. * 75.00
313. Greene, W. FLOWERS OF THE SOUTH. pp. 208. illus. NC. 1953. 15.00
314. Grey, R. LIST OF PLANTS GROWING IN THE BOTANICAL GARDENS OF THE ATKINS INSTITUTION OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM. pp. 245. Harvard. 1933. wrs. 40.00
315. Grey-Wilson, C. CLEMATIS THE GENUS. pp. 219. color photos. Timber. 2000. DJ. * 28.00
316. Griffiths, M. INDEX OF GARDEN PLANTS. pp. 1234. illus. Timber. 1994. DJ. Edges show wear. 75.00
317. Grimm, W. HOW TO RECOGNIZE SHRUBS. pp. 318. illus. Stackpole. 11966. Worn DJ. 16.00
318. Grissell, E. A JOURNAL IN THYME. pp. 314. Linocuts. Timber. 1994. DJ. 12.50
319. Gronovius, J. FLORA VIRGINICA. pp. 206. Arnold. 1946. wrs. 60.00
320. Grubb, N. CHERRIES. pp. 186. 12 color pls. Lockwood. 1949. DJ. 60.00
321. Gunn et al, C. FAMILIES & GENERA OF SPERMATOPHYTES RECOGNIZED BY THE AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH SERVICE. pp. 500. USDA 1992. wrs. * 16.00
322. Gupton, O. WILD ORCHIDS OF THE MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. pp. 132. color photos. TN. DJ. * 12.50
323. Halevy, A. CRC HANDBOOK OF FLOWERING. Vols 1 ˆ 6. pp. 3302. illus. CRC. 1989. The set: 475.00
324. Hall (ed), M. FIVE HUNDRED VARIETIES OF HERBAGE & FODDER PLANTS. pp. 316. Britain. 1948. 22.50
325. Halle, F. IN PRAISE OF PLANTS. pp. 334. illus. Timber. 2002. DJ. 18.00
326. Halliwell, B. THE PROP OF ALPINE PLANTS & DWARF BULBS. pp. 193. illus. Timber. 1992. DJ. 20.00
327. Hanson, A. GRASS VARIETIES IN THE U.S. pp.124. USDA. 1972. wrs. 10.00
328. Hardin & J. Arena, J. HUMAN POISONING FROM NATIVE & CULTIVATED PLANTS. pp. 194. 74 figs. Duke. 1974. * 22.00
329. Harger et al, E. ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF CONNECTICUT. pp. 94. CT. 1930. wrs. 16.00
330. Harger et al, E. ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF CONNECTICUT. pp. 94. CT. 1930. wrs. Spine Worn. 12.50
331. Harkness, P. THE ROSE: AN illus. HISTORY. pp. 344. color illus. Firefly. 2003. DJ. 45.00
332. Harper-Lore, B. ROADSIDE USE OF NATIVE PLANTS. pp. 664. color maps. Island. 2000. wrs. 16.00
333. Hart, J. MONTANA NATIVE PLANTS & EARLY PEOPLES. pp. 152. b&w illus. MT. 1992. wrs. 7.50
334. Hartzell, H. THE YEW TREE A THOUSAND WHISPERS. pp. 319. illus. Hulugosi. 1991. wrs. 25.00
335. Hauck (ed), R. NITROGEN IN CROP PRODUCTION. pp. 804. illus. ASA. 1984. Name Clipped from Endpaper. 15.00
336. Hawks, E. PIONEERS OF PLANT STUDY. pp. 288. Portraits. Sheldon. 1928. 40.00
337. Hawks, J. THE POTATO: EVOLUTION, BIODIVERSITY & GENETIC RESOURCES. pp. 259. illus. Smithsonian. 1990. DJ. * 25.00
338. Hawksworth & D. Wiens, F. BIOLOGY & CLASSIFICATION OF DWARF MISTLETOES (ARCEUTHOBIUM). pp. 234. 85 figs. 1972. * 25.00
339. Hay, I. SCIENCE IN THE PLEASURE GROUND: A HISTORY OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM. pp. 349. illus. NE. 1995. DJ. In Print @ 39.95. * 25.00
340. Healey, B. THE PLANT HUNTERS. pp. 214. Scribner. 1975. DJ. 22.00
341. Hedrick, U. STURTEVANT'S NOTES ON EDIBLE PLANTS. pp. 686. frontis. Lyon. 1919. 99.00
342. Heffner, S. HEIRLOOM COUNTRY GARDENS. pp. 246. color photos. Rodale. 2000. DJ. 12.50
343. Hegazi et al, N. NITROGEN FIXATION WITH NON-LEGUMES. pp. 599. Cairo. 1994. In Print @ 150.00. * 99.00
344. Heiser, C. PLANTS & PEOPLE. pp. 237. photos. OK. 1985. wrs. 15.00
345. Heller, A. CATALOGUE OF NA AMERICAN PLANTS N OF MEXICO EXCLUSIVE OF THE LOWER CRYPTOGAMS. pp. 252. Author. 1900. 2nd edition. 42.00
346. Hemmerly, T. APPALACHIAN WILDFLOWERS. pp. 327. color photos. GA. 2000. wrs. 15.00
347. Henderson, M. MALAYAN ORCHID HYBRIDS. pp. 191. b&w photos. Singapore. 1963. Worn DJ. 35.00
348. Henderson, P. HENDERSON‚S HANDBOOK OF PLANTS & GENERAL HORTICULTURE. pp. 528. illus. Author. 1890. Stained cover. First free endpaper gone. 25.00
349. Henslow, J. ON THE EXAMINATION OF A HYBRID DIGITALIS. pp. 25. color pl. Cambridge. Facsimile of 1831 ed. wrs. 16.00
350. Herbst, J. NEW GREEN WORLD (BARTRAMS). pp. 272. illus. Hastings. 1954. 22.50
351. Hermann, F. MANUAL OF THE GENUS CAREX IN MEXICO & CENTRAL AMERICA. pp. 219. 88 figs. USDA. 1974. 16.00
352. Herwitz, S. REGENERATION OF SELECTED TROPICAL TREE SPECIES IN CORCOVADO NATIONAL PARK, COSTA RICA. pp. 109. illus. CA. 1981. wrs. * 9.00
353. Heslop-Harrison, J. NEW CONCEPTS IN FLOWERING PLANT TAXONOMY. pp. 134. Harvard. 1967. * 12.50
354. Heywood, V. FLOWERING PLANTS OF THE WORLD. pp. 335. color pls. Mayflower. 1978. 35.00
355. Hilliard, O. THE MANULEAE: A TRIBE OF SCROPHULARIACEAE. pp. 579. b&w & color illus.trations. Edinburgh. 1994. In print @ 140.00. * 99.00
356. Hillman, J. PHYSIOLOGY OF FLOWERING. pp. 164. illus. Holt. 1962. * 18.00
357. Hinds & W. Hathaway, H. WILDFLOWERS OF CAPE COD. pp. 172. color photos. Chatham. 1968. DJ. 25.00
358. Hitchcock, C. A REV OF THE N AMERICAN SPECIES OF LATHYRUS. pp. 104. illus. & maps. WA. 1952. wrs. 20.00
359. Hitchcock, A. MANUAL OF THE GRASSES OF THE U.S. pp. 1051. illus. USDA. 1950. Hinges cracked. 35.00
360. Hitchcock, A. MANUAL OF THE GRASSES OF THE U.S. 2 VOLS. pp. 1051. 1199 illus. Dover Reprint. 1971. wrs. Scuffed Cover 12.00
361. Hobhouse, P. color IN YOUR GARDEN. pp. 239. color photos. Brown. 1985. DJ. 25.00
362. Hocking, G. A DICTIONARY OF TERMS IN PHARMACOGNOSY & OTHER DIVISIONS OF ECONOMIC BOTANY. pp. 284. illus. Thomas. 1955. DJ. Signed presentation copy. 99.00
363. Hocking, G. A DICTIONARY OF TERMS IN PHARMACOGNOSY. pp. 284. frontis. Thomas. 1955. A Few Lingering Library Markings. Kansas. 20.00
364. Hodgson & A. Illius, J. THE ECOLOGY & MANAGEMENT OF GRAZING SYSTEMS. pp. 466. graphs. CAB. 1996. 48.00
365. Hodgson Et Al (ed), J. SWARD MEASUREMENT HANDBOOK. pp 277. illus. Brit Grass. 1981. 18.00
366. Hoffman (ed), D. THE INFORMATION SOURCEBOOK OF HERBAL MEDICINE. pp. 305. Author. 1994. DJ. * 25.00
367. Hogan, S. FLORA THE GARDENER‚S BIBLE. CD-ROM only. This is the original cd that accompanies this book. It works on both Windows & McIntosh. Contains 20,000 pics. 25.00
368. Holliday, P. A DICTIONARY OF PLANT PATHOLOGY. pp. 369. Cambridge. 1992. wrs. * 15.00
369. Holme, C. THE GARDENS OF ENGLAND IN THE MIDLAND & E COUNTIES. pp. 86. 86 pls. Studio. 1908. 45.00
370. Holmes, W. GRASS ITS PRODUCTION & UTILIZATION. pp. 306. Brit Grass. 1989. wrs. Sticker On Cover 45.00
371. Holmes, W. THE GENUS MIKANIA IN THE GREATER ANTILLES. pp. 69. illus. BRIT. 1993. wrs. 12.50
372. Holmgren & J. Reveal, A. CHECKLIST OF THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE INTERMOUNTAIN REGION. pp. 160. USFS. 1966. wrs. * 16.00
373. Holmgren & W. Keuken, P. INDEX HERBARIORUM. PT. I. HERBARIA OF THE WORLD. pp. 397. IAPT. 1964. Name on page edges. 15.00
374. Holmgren & W. Keuken, P. INDEX HERBARIORUM. PT. I. 7th edition. 25.00
375. Holmgren, A. VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE N WASATCH. pp. 202. UT. 1972. Spiral wrs. Some notes. 17.50
376. Holttum, R. PLANT LIFE IN MALAYA. pp. 254. illus. Longman. 1961. DJ. 45.00
377. Hora (ed), B. THE OXFORD ENCYCLOPEDIA OF TREES OF THE WORLD. pp. 288. color illus. Crescent. 1980. DJ. 15.00
378. Houk, W. THE BOTANICAL GARDEN AT THE HUNTINGTON. pp. 192. color photos. Abrams. 1996. DJ. * 25.00
379. Howard, W. LUTHER BURBANK: A VICTIM OF HEROWORSHIP. pp. 206. 7 pls. Chronica Botanica. 1946. wrs. * 25.00
380. Howell, J. MARIN FLORA. pp. 322. photos. CA. 1949. DJ. 25.00
381. Howell, J. MARIN FLORA. pp. 366. photos. CA. 1970. wrs. 16.00
382. Howell, P. MEDICINAL PLANTS OF THE S APPALACHIANS. pp. 259. Author. 2006. wrs. 20.00
383. Humphreys, L. THE EVOLVING SCIENCE OF GRASSLAND IMPROVEMENT. pp. 261. Cambridge. 1997. 55.00
384. Hulton et al, P. LUIGI BALUGANI‚S DRAWINGS OF AFRICAN PLANTS. pp. 140. illus. Yale. 1991. DJ.* 80.00
385. Hume, H. HOLLIES. pp. 242. color pls. MacMillan. 1953. 25.00
386. Hutchinson, J. BRITISH WILD FLOWERS. 2 Vols. pp. 947. illus. Dickin. 1972. DJ. In Print @ 50.00. * 40.00
387. Hutchinson & J. Dalziel, J. FLORA OF W TROPICAL AFRICA. VOL. II. PART I. Ericaceae - Labiatae. pp. 292. illus. Crown Agents. 1931. wrs. Spine Worn. 45.00
388. Hutchinson et al, J. FLORA OF W TROPICAL AFRICA. VOL. I. 2 Parts. pp. 828. illus. Crown Agents. 1954. wrs. 45.00
389. Huxley, A. GREEN INHERITANCE: THE WORLD WILDLIFE FUND BOOK OF PLANTS. pp. 193. color illus. Anchor. 1985. DJ. * 12.00
390. Huxley, A. THE PAINTED GARDEN: THE GARDEN THROUGH THE ARTIST‚S EYE. pp. 160. color paintings. Wellfleet. 1988. DJ. 25.00
391. Ingwersen, W. MANUAL OF ALPINE PLANTS. pp. 445. Author. 1978. DJ. 32.00
392. Iterson et al, G. MARTINUS WILLEM BEIJERINCK HIS LIFE & WORK. pp. 193. illus. The Hague. 190. Worn wrs. 28.00
393. Ivey, R. FLOWERING PLANTS OF NEW MEXICO. pp. 371. pen & ink drawings. Author. 1986. spiral wrs. Penciled notes. 35.00
394. Jackisch, P. MODERN WINEMAKING. pp. 289. illus. Cornell. 1985. 15.00
395. Jacobs, W. PLANT HORMONES & PLANT DEVELOPMENT. pp. 339. 1979. DJ. * 12.50
396. Jacobson, A. PURPLELEAF PLUMS. pp. 183. color photos. Timber. DJ. * 8.50
397. James, W. PLANT RESPIRATION. pp. 282. illus. Oxford. 1953. Light Library marks. Kansas. 22.00
398. Janick, J. CLASSIC PAPERS IN HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE. pp. 585. illus. Amer Hort. Soc. 1989. * 26.00
399. Janick, J. HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE. pp. 608. illus. Freeman. 1979. 3rd edition. 26.00
400. Jansen, H. POMONA'S HARVEST: AN ILLUSTRATED CHRONICLE OF ANTIQUARIAN FRUIT LITERATURE. pp. 410. illus. Timber Press. 1996. DJ. In Print @ 59.95. * 40.00
401. Jaynes, R. KALMIA: MOUNTAIN LAUREL & RELATED SPECIES. pp. 295. color photos. Timber. 1997. DJ. 25.00
402. Jaynes, R. THE LAUREL BOOK. pp. 180. color photos & illus. Hafner. 1975. DJ. 16.00
403. Jelitto & W. Schacht, L. HARDY HERBACEOUS PERENNIALS. 2 vols. pp. 721. color photos. Timber. 2001. DJ. 45.00
404. Jingwei, Z. THE ALPINE PLANTS OF CHINA. pp. 134. 197 clr photos. Science Press. 1982. DJ. Folio. * 15.00
405. Joern & K. Keeler, A. THE CHANGING PRAIRIE: N AMERICAN GRASSLANDS. pp. 244. color photos & illus. Oxford. 1995. In Print @ 70.00. * 35.00
406. Johnson & T. Milby, F. OKLAHOMA BOTANICAL LITERATURE. pp. 150. OK. 1988. 25.00
407. Johnson, H. THE PRINCIPLES OF GARDENING. pp. 272. color illus. 1979. DJ. folio. 22.00
408. Johnston, A. PLANTS & THE BLACKFOOT. pp.68. illus. Canada. 1987. wrs. 12.00
409. Johnston, J. FLORA OF THE ISLANDS OF MARGARITA & COCHE, VENEZUELA. pp. 149. pls & maps. Boston. 1909. Worn wrs. * 22.50
410. Jonas, G. THE LIVING EARTH BOOK OF N AMERICAN TREES. pp. 215. color photos. Readers Digest. 1993. DJ. 20.00
411. Jones, A. ASTER & BRACHACTIS (ASTERACEAE) IN OKLAHOMA. pp. 46. Maps. BRIT. 1992. wrs. * 10.00
412. Jones, G. FLORA OF ILLINOIS. pp. 368. Notre Dame. 1945. 1st ed. 25.00
413. Jones & A. Luchsinger, S. PLANT SYSTEMATICS. pp. 388. illus. McGraw. 1979. 25.00
414. Jones, W. MANIOC IN AFRICA. pp. 315. Maps. Stanford. 1969. * 20.00
415. Jonsell, B. STUDIES IN THE NW EUROPEAN SPECIES OF RORIPPA. pp. 209. 11 pls. Upp. 1968. wrs. 35.00
416. Journal (orchids). AMERICAN ORCHID SOCIETY BULLETIN. 1970. wrs. 15.00
417. Journal (orchids). AMERICAN ORCHID SOCIETY BULLETIN. 39 issues. 50‚s - 70‚s. wrs. The set: 35.00
418. Journal (orchids) ORCHID DIGEST. 14 issues from 1950-58. wrs. 25.00
419. Juma, C. THE GENE HUNTERS. pp. 288. Princeton. 1989. wrs. * 20.00
420. Kamemoto & A. Kuehnle, H. BREEDING ANTHURIUMS IN HAWAII. pp. 132. color photos. HI. 1996. DJ. * 45.00
421. Kartesz, J. SYNONYMIZED CHECKLIST OF THE VASCULAR FLORA OF THE U.S., CANADA & GREENLAND. pp. 500. NC. 1980. DJ. The new edition is priced at 250.00. * 25.00
422. Kartesz, J. A SYNONYMIZED CHECKLIST OF THE VASCULAR FLORA OF THE U.S, CANADA & GREENLAND. 2 vols. pp. 816. NC. 1994. 2nd edition. 46.00
423. Kearney & R. Peebles, T. FLOWERING PLANTS & FERNS OF ARIZONA. pp. 897. illus. USDA. 1942. Light library marks. Kansas. 50.00
424. Keating, W. CHARACTERISTICS, PROPERTIES & USES OF TIMBERS OF SE ASIA, N AUSTRALIA & THE PACIFIC. VOL. I. pp. 362. color illus. Inkata. 1982. In Print @ 68.00. * 45.00
425. Keller & S. Brown, I. HANDBOOK OF THE FLORA OF PHILADELPHIA & VICINITY. pp. 360. Philadelphia Botanical Club. 1905. Spine wear. 99.00
426. Kellman, M. PLANT GEOGRAPHY. pp. 181. illus. St. Martin. 1980. wrs. 1975. * 8.00
427. Kelsey & W. Dayton, H. STANDARDIZED PLANT NAMES. pp. 667. McFarland. 1942. 16.00
428. Kenworthy, J. JOHN ANTHONY‚S FLORA OF SUTHERLAND. pp. 201. illus. RBG. 1976. wrs. 20.00
429. Kimber, C. MARTINIQUE REVISITED: THE CHANGING PLANT GEOGRAPHIES OF A W INDIAN ISLAND. pp. 458. Maps & photos. TX A&M. 1988. Pub @ 74.50. * 25.00
430. Kincaid, J. MY GARDEN (BOOK). illus. Giroux. 1999. DJ. Signed Pres Copy. 20.00
431. Kindscher, K. MEDICINAL WILD PLANTS OF THE PRAIRIE. pp. 340. illus. Kansas. 1992. wrs. 15.00
432. King, C. REPORT OF THE GEOLOGICAL EXPLORATION OF THE FORTIETH PARALLEL. BOTANY BY SERENO WATSON. pp. 525. 40 b&w pls. Washington. 1871. Binding Worn-Spine Gone But Still A Nice Copy. 150.00
433. King, R. BOTANICAL ILLUSTRATION. pp. 16. 40 color pls. Potter. 1978. wrs. 9.00
434. King, R. CASSINI ON COMPOSITAE. Vols. II & III. pp. 694. MBG. 1995. wrs. The pair: 30.00
435. Kingsbury, J. POISONOUS PLANTS OF THE U.S. & CANADA. pp.626. illus. Prentice. 1964. 30.00
436. Kingdom-Ward, F. PLANT HUNTER'S PARADISE. pp. 347. Waterstone. 1985. wrs. 18.00
437. Kirkland et al, J. HERBAL & MAGICAL MEDICINE. pp. 240. Duke. 1992. In Print @ 54.95. * 26.00
438. Klekowski, E. MUTATION, DEVELOPMENTAL SELECTION & PLANT EVOLUTION. pp. 373. illus. Columbia. 1988. * 55.00
439. Kloppenburg, J. SEEDS & SOVEREIGNITY: THE USE & CONTROL OF PLANT GENETIC RESOURCES. pp. 368. Duke. 1988. In Print @ 54.95. * 30.00
440. Knapp, S. PLANT DISCOVERIES: A BOTANIST‚S VOYAGE TRHOUGH PLANT EXPLORATION. pp. 336. color paintings. Firefly. 2003. DJ. * 40.00
441. Koopowitz & H. Kaye, H. PLANT EXTINCTION A GLOBAL CRISIS. pp. 239. illus. Stone Wall. 1986. DJ. 18.00
442. Korbelar, J. NASE ROSTLINY V LEKARSTVI (OUR CZECHOLSLOVAKIAN FLOWERS IN MEDICINE). pp. 501.100 + color pls. Praha. 1981. 20.00
443. Kosuge, T. PLANT-MICROBE INTERACTIONS. Vol. II. pp. 448. 1987. DJ. * 20.00
444. Krebs et al, C. ECOSYSTEM DYNAMICS OF THE BOREAL FOREST. pp. 511. illus. Oxford. 2001. * 75.00
445. Krukoff & R. Barneby, B. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF STRYCHNOS 8 & 9. pp. 99. NYBG. 1969. wrs. 12.50
446. Kuchler, A. MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY THE MAP POTENTIAL NATURAL VEGETATION OF THE ONTERMINOUS U.S. pp. 116. AGS. 1964. wrs. 16.00
447. Kuck & R. Tongg, L. HAWAIIAN FLOWERS & FLOWERING TREES. pp. 158. color illus. Tuttle. 1975. wrs. 13.00
448. Kudish, M. ADIRONDACK UPLAND FLORA. pp. 320. color photos. Chauncy. 1992. DJ. * 15.00
449. Kukkonen, T. FLORA SUOMEN SUURKASVIO. 2 Vols. pp. 1129. color paintings. Porvoo. 1994. 150.00
450. Kyte, L. PLANTS FROM TEST TUBES. pp. 160. illus. Timber. 1987. DJ. 16.00
451. Kyyck et al, B. FLORA OF THE BALTIC COUNTRIES II. pp. 372. Tapty. 1996. wrs. In Russian. 25.00
452. La Croix, I. AFRICAN ORCHIDS IN THE WILD & IN CULTIVATION. pp. 379. color photos & illus. Timber Press. 1997. DJ. * 26.00
453. Laing & E. Blackwell, R. PLANTS OF NEW ZEALAND. pp. 468. 175 b&w photos. Whit. 1927. 3rd edition. 40.00
454. Lamb, E. THE illus. REFER ON CACTI & SUCCULENTS. VOL. I. pp. 310. color illus. Bland. 1963. DJ. 25.00
455. Lamb, E. THE illus. REFERENCE ON CACTI & SUCCULENTS. VOL. 2. pp. 581. color illus. 1968. DJ. 25.00
456. Lamb, E. THE illus. REFER ON CACTI & SUCCULENTS. VOL. 3. pp. 309. color illus. 1963. Worn DJ. 25.00
457. Lamb, E. THE illus. REFERENCE ON CACTI & SUCCULENTS. VOL. 4. pp. 308. color illus. 1966. DJ. 25.00
458. Landolt, E. NOTRE FLORE ALPINE. pp. 233. color photos. Suisse. 1969. DJ. 25.00
459. Lange, K. FLORA OF SAUK COUNTY & CALEDONIA TOWNSHIP, Columbia COUNTY, S CENTRAL WISCONSIN. pp. 169. photos. WI. 1998. wrs. * 18.00
460. Langer & G. Hill, R. AGRICULTURAL PLANTS. pp. 387 illus. Cambridge. 1991. wrs. 45.00
461. Langman, I. A SELECTED GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE ON THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF MEXICO. pp. 1015. PA. 1964. DJ. * 65.00
462. Lanjouw et al, J. INTERNATIONAL CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE. Various pagination. Issues for 1961, 1966, or 1972. Utrecht. Each: 12.50
463. Laurie & D. Kiplinger, A. COMMERCIAL FLOWER FORCING. pp. 550. Photos. Blakiston. 1950. 15.00
464. Laurie, A. FLORICULTURE: FUNDAMENTALS & PRACTICES. pp. 525. McGraw. 1950. 2nd ed. 18.00
465. Lavie, P. CONTRIBUTION A L‚ETUDE CARYOSYSTEMATIQUE DES VITACEES. pp. 213. 1970. wrs. 25.00
466. Lawrence et al, G. BOTANICO-PERIODICUM-HUNTIANUM. pp. 1063. Hunt. 1968. 125.00
467. Lazzarini, E. LE GRAMINACEE ALIMENTZIONE SALUTE BELLEZZA. pp. 140. illus. Roma. 1981. wrs. 9.00
468. Leach, D. RHODODENDRONS OF THE WORLD. pp. 544. b&w photos. World. 1961. Covers faded. * 45.00
469. Leaver, J. HERBAGE INTAKE HANDBOOK. pp. 143. British Grass Society. 1982. 25.00
470. Leithead Et Al, H. 100 NATIVE FORAGE GRASSES IN 11 SOUTHERN STATES. pp. 216. illus. USDA. 1971. Taped wrs. 12.50
471. Leavitt, R. OUTLINES OF BOTANY. pp. 519. illus. ABC. 1901. * 12.50
472. Lebrun, J. ELEMENTS POUR UN ATLAS DES PLANTES VASCULAIRES DE L‚AFRIQUE SECHE. VOL. 1. 262. 50 maps. Etude Botanique No. 4. 1977. wrs. 16.00
473. Lehner, E. FOLKLORE & ODYSSEYS OF FOOD & MEDICINAL PLANTS. pp. 128. illus. Farrar. 1962. Worn DJ. 20.00
474. Lehr, J. A CATALOGUE OF THE FLORA OF ARIZONA. pp. 203. DBG. 1978. wrs. 12.50
475. Leigh & C. Ziegler, E. A MAGIC WEB: THE FOREST OF BARRO COLORADO ISLAND. pp. 292. color photos. Oxford. 2002. DJ. * 25.00
476. Leigh et al, J. RARE OR THREATENED AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. pp. 178. Maps. Australia. 1981. wrs. 18.00
477. Leigh et al, E. THE ECOLOGY OF A TROPICAL FOREST: SEASONAL RHYTHMS & LONG-TERM CHANGES. pp. 468. illus. Smithsonian. 1982. wrs. 35.00
478. Leistner (ed), O. FLOWERING PLANTS OF AFRICA. VOL. 55. pp. 113. 20 color paintings. Bot. 1997. wrs. 22.00
479. Lemaire Et Al, G GRASSLAND ECOPHYSIOLOGY & GRAZING ECOLOGY. pp. 422. illus. CABI. 2000. Corners Bumped. 65.00
480. Leonard, E. THE ACANTHACEAE OF COLOMBIA. pp. 781. 274 figs. USNM. 1958. Bound. 75.00
481. Lewington, A. PLANTS FOR PEOPLE. pp. 232. color photos. Oxford. 1990. DJ. 25.00
482. Lewis, J. WALTER HOOD FITCH: A CELEBRATION. pp. 73. 73 color pls. HMSO. 1992. DJ. 20.00
483. Lewis, W. MEDICAL BOTANY PLANTS AFFECTING MAN'S HEALTH. pp. 515. illus. Wiley. 1977. Rubbed wrs. 15.00
484. Lisboa, J. LIST OF BOMBAY GRASSES & THEIR USES. pp. 142. illus. India.. 1988. Reprint of 1896 ed. 22.50
485. Little, E. COMMON TREES OF PUERTO RICO & THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. pp. 548. 250 full page pls. USDA. 1964. 60.00
486. Little et al, E. TREES OF PUERTO RICO & THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. Vol. II. pp. 1024. illus. USDA. 1974. 65.00
487. Lock & J. Heald, J. LEGUMES OF INDO-CHINA: A CHECK-LIST. pp. 164. Kew. 1994. wrs. 25.00
488. Loomis & D. Connor, R. CROP ECOLOGY: PRODUCTIVITY & MANAGEMENT IN AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS. pp. 538 graphs. Cambridge. 1992. wrs. 40.00
489. Lousley, J. COLLINS NEW NATURALIST SERIES: WILDFLOWERS OF CHALK & LIMESTONE. pp. 254. 52 color photos. Bloomsbury. 1969. DJ. 17.50
490. Love, A. CYTOTAXONOMICAL ATLAS OF THE SLOVENIAN FLORA. pp. 1241. 2 maps. Lehre. 1974. 65.00
491. Lowe, E. NATURAL HISTORY OF BRITISH GRASSES. pp. 245. 74 hand colored pls. London. 1865. 165.00
492. Lowe, E. NATURAL HISTORY OF BRITISH GRASSES. pp. 245. 74 hand colored pls. London. 1868. 175.00
493. Lowman & N. Nadkarni (eds), M. FOREST CANOPIES. pp. 624. illus. Academic. 1995. In Print @ 95. 65.00
494. Luer.C.THE NATIVE ORCHIDS OF FLORIDA. pp. 293. color illus. NYBG. 1972. DJ. 125.00
495. Lundell, C. FLORA OF TEXAS. Anacardiaceae to Convolvulaceae. pp. 11. illus. SMU. 1943. Self wrs. 15.00
496. Lundell, C. FLORA OF TEXAS. Umbelliferae to Campanulaceae. pp. 103. illus. SMU. 1951. wrs. Chip out of rear wr. 25.00
497. Lundell, C. FLORA OF TEXAS. Vol. I. pp. 407. illus. TX. 1966. 75.00
498. Lundell, C. FLORA OF TEXAS. Vol. III. pp. 433. illus. TX Res. 1961. 75.00
499. Mac Farlane, J. THE EVOLUTION & DISTRIBUTION OF FLOWERING PLANTS. pp. 181. Noel. 1933. Signed Pres Copy. 55.00
500. MacGillivray, W. A SYSTEMATIC ARRANGEMENT OF BRITISH PLANTS. pp. 414. Hand colored frontis. Scott. 1841. Spine Worn with a chip out. 48.00
501. MacKinnon et al, A. PLANTS OF N BRITISH Columbia. pp. 345. color photos. Canada. 1992. wrs. 25.00
502. MacOboy, S. THE illus. ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CAMELLIAS. pp. 304. color photos. Timber. 1997. Dj 26.00
503. MacMillan, H. TROPICAL PLANTING & GARDENING WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO CEYLON. pp. 560. illus. MacMillan. 1949. 40.00
504. McDougall, W. PLANTS OF YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK. pp. 160. color photos. USDI. 1936. wrs. 12.00
505. McEwen, C. THE JAPANESE IRIS. pp. 153. color photos. New England. 1990. DJ. In Print @ 29.95. * 16.00
506. McGary, J. BULBS OF N AMERICA. pp. 251. color photos. Timber. 2001. DJ. 16.00
507. McKelvey, S. BOTANICAL EXPLORATION OF THE TRANS-MISSISSIPPI WEST 1790 - 1850. pp. 1144. maps. Harvard. 1955. 225.00
508. McMullen, C. FLOWERING PLANTS OF THE GALAPAGOS. pp. 370. color photos. Comstock. 1999. DJ. * 18.00
509. Mahindapala & J. Pinto, R. COCONUT CULTIVATION. pp. 162. color maps. Sri Lanka. 1991. wrs. 20.00
510. Mahler, W. KEYS TO THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE BLACK GAP WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT AREA BREWSTER COUNTY, TEXAS. pp. 109. BRIT. 1971. wrs. * 12.50
511. Manaster, J. THE PECAN TREE. pp. 109. color photos. TX. 1994. DJ. * 25.00
512. Manandhar, N. PLANTS & PEOPLE OF NEPAL. pp. 599. color photos. Timber. 2002. DJ. 45.00
513. Mandaville, J. FLORA OF E SAUDI ARABIA. pp. 482. color photos. Author. 1990. DJ. In Print @ 357. * 49.00
514. Mangelsdorf, P. CORN: ITS ORIGIN EVOLUTION & IMPROVEMENT. pp. 262. illus. Harvard. 1974. Soiled covers. 15.00
515. Mannetje & R. Jones, L. FIELD & LABORATORY METHODS FOR GRASSLAND & ANIMAL PRODUCTION RESEARCH. pp. 447 CABI. 2000. Corner lightly Bumped. 79.00
516. Manning, J. S AFRICAN WILD FLOWERS JEWELS OF THE VELD. pp. 176. color photos. Struik. 2004. DJ. Folio. 40.00
517. Manning, S. SYS GUIDE TO FLOWERING PLANTS OF THE WORLD. pp. 302. illus. Taplinger. 1965. DJ. 27.00
518. Marchionatto, J. MANUAL DE LAS ENFERMEDADES DE LAS PLANTAS. pp. 368. 159 figs. Argent. DJ. 40.00
519. Marinelli, J. STALKING THE WILD AMARANTH: GARDENING IN THE AGE OF EXTINCTION. pp. 238. illus. Holt. 1998. DJ. 15.00
520. Markgraf, V. POLLEN FLORA OF ARGENTINA. pp. 208. 43 pls. AZ. 1978. spiral wrs. 16.00
521. Marshall, N. THE GARDENER‚S GUIDE TO PLANT CONSERVATION. pp. 187. photos. WWF. 1993. wrs. 9.00
522. Marten Et Al G. PERSISTENCE OF FORAGE LEGUMES. pp. 572. Asa 1989. wrs. 15.00
523. Martin, J. BOTANY WITH AGRICULTURAL APPLICATIONS. pp. 604. 490 figs. Wiley. 1920. 15.00
524. Martin, W. SKETCHES FOR THE FLORA. pp. 208. Joseph. 1972. DJ. 18.00
525. Martin, W. THE NEW CONCISE BRITISH FLORA. pp. 247. color pls. Ebury. 1982. DJ. 30.00
526. Martin & C. Hutchins, W. SPRING WILDFLOWERS OF NEW MEXICO. pp. 257. illus. NM. 1984. wrs. 25.00
527. Mason, H. FLORA OF THE MARSHES OF CALIFORNIA. pp. 878. 366 illus. CA. 1957. DJ. 45.00
528. Mauseth et al.J, A CACTUS ODYSSEY JOURNEYS IN THE WILDS OF BOLIVIA. PERU. & ARGENTINA. pp. 306. color photos. Timber. 2002. DJ. 20.00
529. McVaugh, R. EDWARD PALMER: PLANT EXPLORER. pp. 430. Photos. Theophrastus. 1977. 25.00
530. Meggers et al, B. TROPICAL FOREST ECOSYSTEMS IN AFRICA.& S AMERICA: A COMPARATIVE REVIEW. pp. 350. illus. Smithsonian. 1973. wrs. 25.00
531. Merrill, E. INDEX RAFINESQUIANUS. pp. 296. Harvard. 1949. 175.00
532. Merrill, E. MERRILLEANA: A SELECTION FROM THE GENERAL WRITINGS OF ELMER DREW MERRILL. pp. 266. Photos. Chronica Botanica. 1946. * 35.00
533. Merrill, E. PLANT LIFE OF THE PACIFIC WORLD. pp. 295. illus. MacMillan. 1946. DJ. 16.00
534. Merrill, E. PLANT LIFE OF THE PACIFIC WORLD. pp. 297. illus. Tuttle. 1981. DJ. 15.00
535. Merrill, E. THE BOTANY OF COOK'S VOYAGES. pp. 383. illus. Chronica Botanica 1954. Dj Glued To The 1st Flyleaf. 50.00
536. Metcalf, L. HEBES: A GUIDE TO SPECIES HYBRIDS & ALLIED GENERA. pp. 260. color photos. Timber. 2006. DJ. 28.00
537. Mevius, W. TASCHENBUCH DER BOTANIK. pp. 195. 307 figs. Verlag. 1958. wrs. 8.50
538. Meyer, J. THE HERBALIST. pp. 304. color illus. Author. 1960. DJ. 20.00
539. Mill et al, S. INDEXED BIBLIOGRAPHY ON THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF HAWAII. pp. 214. HI. 1988. * 25.00
540. Miller, D. PELARGONIUMS. pp. 175. color photos. Timber. 1996. DJ. * 21.00
541. Milne, L. LIVING PLANTS OF THE WORLD. pp. 336. color photos. Random. 1967. Worn DJ. 18.00
542. Minter, S. THE GREATEST GLASS HOUSE. pp. 216. color photos. HMSO. 1990. DJ. * 25.00
543. Moffett, M. THE HIGH FRONTIER: EXPLORING THE TROPICAL RAINFOREST CANOPY. pp. 192. color photos. Harvard. 1993. wrs. * 15.00
544. Moffett, M. THE HIGH FRONTIERÝ. Bound. DJ. * 25.00
545. Mohlenbrock & j. Voight, R. A FLORA OF S ILLINOIS. pp. 390. Photos. S IL. 1974. wrs. * 8.50
546. Moore, B. VEGETATION OF MT DESERT ISLAND, MAINE & ITS ENVIRONMENT. pp. 151. illus. Brooklyn. 1927. Chipped wrs. 40.00
547. Moore, D. FLORA OF TIERRA DEL FUEGO. pp. 395. illus. MBG. 1983. 95.00
548. Morgan, J. A PARADISE OUT OF A COMMON FIELD: THE PLEASURES & PLENTY OF THE VICTORIAN GARDEN. pp. 256. color paintings. Harper. 1990. 16.00
549. Morin (ed), N. FLORA OF N AMERICA.N OF MEXICO. VOL. I. Intro. pp. 475. illus. Oxford. 1993. * 85.00
550. Morley, B. WILD FLOWERS OF THE WORLD. pp. 432. 192 full color paintings. Avenel. 1970. DJ. folio. 26.00
551. Morley, B. WILD FLOWERS OF THE WORLD. pp. 432. color paintings. Avenel. 1970. 25.00
552. Mors & C. Rozzini, W. USEFUL PLANTS OF BRAZIL. pp. 166. b&w illus. Holden. 1966. DJ. 25.00
553. Morton, J. W AFRICAN NATURE HANDBOOKS: W AFRICAN LILIES & ORCHIDS. pp. 71. 20 color pls. Longman. 1968. wrs. * 16.00
554. Morton, L. WINEGROWING IN E AMERICA: AN ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO VINICULTURE E OF THE ROCKIES. pp. 208. illus. Cornell. 1985. DJ. * 15.00
555. Moser Et Al, L. COOL-SEASON FORAGE GRASSES. pp 841. illus. ASA. 1996. 45.00
556. Moyle, J. NORTHLAND WILDFLOWERS. pp. 235. color photos. MN. 1977. Bound. * 18.00
557. Muenscher, W. WEEDS. pp. 586. illus. Comstock. 1980. wrs. 2nd ed. 20.00
558. Mulligan, W. THE ADVENTUROUS GARDENER‚S SOURCEBOOK OF RARE & UNUSUAL PLANTS. pp. 224. color photos. Simon. 1992. DJ. 25.00
559. Munz & D. Keck, P. A CALIFORNIA FLORA. pp. 1681. illus. CA. 1959. * 25.00
560. Munz, P. A CALIFORNIA FLORA & SUPPLEMENT. pp. 1904. illus. CA. 1973. * 40.00
561. Munz, P. CALIFORNIA SPRING WILDFLOWERS. pp. 122. Photos. CA. wrs. * 9.00
562. Murdy & M. Carter, W. GUIDE TO THE PLANTS OF GRANITE OUTCROPS. pp. 106. photos. GA. 2000. DJ. * 10.00
563. Murphey, E. INDIAN USES OF NATIVE PLANTS. pp. 81. illus. Meyerboo. Kansas. 1990. wrs. 8.50
564. Nasir, Y. WILD FLOWERS OF PAKISTAN. pp. 298. 650 illus. Oxford. 1995. DJ. * 45.00
565. NAS. FIREWOOD CROPS. pp. 237. photos. 1980. wrs. 15.00
566. National Academy Press. VETIVER GRASS. pp. 171. illus. 1993. wrs. * 12.50
567. New York Botanical Garden. PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE CELEBRATION OF THE 20TH ANNIVERSARY OF THE NYBG. pp. 591. illus. NYBG. 1916. wrs. Corner torn off. 35.00
568. Nobel (ed), P. CACTI: BIOLOGY & USES. pp. 280. Photos. CA. 2001. DJ. * 36.00
569. Nobel, P. REMARKABLE AGAVES & CACTI. pp. 166. color photos. Oxford. 1994. wrs. * 24.95
570. Nordenstam, B. THE GENUS EURYOPS. PT. I. Taxonomy. pp. 409. 64 figs. Opera Bot. 1968. wrs. 45.00
571. Norstog & T. Nicholls, K. THE BIOLOGY OF THE CYCADS. pp. 363. color photos. Cornell. 1997. 55.00
572. North, M. A VISION OF EDEN. pp. 240. Clr pls. HMSO. 1980. DJ. * 25.00
573. Nourse & C. Nourse, H. WILDFLOWERS OF GEORGIA. u/p. color photos. GA. 2000. DJ. 22.00
574. Nuttall, T. A JOURNAL OF TRAVELS INTO THE ARKANSA TERRITORY. pp. 296. map. Reprint of 1821 ed. 45.00
575. Ochoa, C. LOS SOLANUM TUBERIFEROUS SILVESTRES DEL PERU. pp. 296. Photos. Lima. 1962. 45.00
576. Olde & N. Marriott, P. THE GREVILLEA BOOK. 3 VOLS. pp. 1134. color photos. Timber. 1995. DJ. 65.00
577. Ornduff, R. PAPERS ON PLANT SYTEMATICS. pp. 212. illus. wrs. some staining. 18.00
578. Ornduff, R. PAPERS ON PLANT SYTEMATICS. Better copy. 25.00
579. Padua Et Al, L. PLANT RESOURCES OF SE ASIA: MEDICINAL & POISONOUS PLANTS 1. pp. 713. illus. Prosea. 1999. wrs. 250.00
580. Palmer & N. Pitman, E. TREES OF SOUTH AFRICA. pp. 351. color photos. Balkema. 1961. DJ. 75.00
581. Palmer, P. SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE SURVEY OF THE EPIDERMIS OF E AFRICAN GRASSES, Pts I - 5. pp. 157. 120 pls. Smithsonian. 1988. wrs. 12.50
582. Pandey, V. MEDICO-ETHNO-BOTANICAL EXPLORATIONS OF SIKKIM HIMALAYAS. pp. 203. color photos. India.. 1991. wrs. 35.00
583. Patil, V. 80 YEARS OF GRAPE RESEARCH IN INDIA: ABSTRACTS OF THE LITERATURE. pp. 933. India 1982. DJ. 1373 entries. 45.00
584. Patnaik, N. GARDEN OF LIFE: AN INTRODUCTION TO THE HEALING PLANTS OF INDIA. pp. 195. color paintings. Doubleday. 1993. DJ. * 25.00
585. Patterson et al, P. FIELD GUIDE TO FOREST PLANTS OF N IDAHO. pp. 246. illus. USDA. 1985. wrs. 15.00
586. Pearson & R. Ison, C. AGRONOMY OF GRASSLAND SYSTEMS. pp. 169. illus. Cambridge. 1987. wrs. 35.00
587. Pennell, F. THE SCROPHULARIACEAE OF E TEMP N AMERICA. pp. 650. illus. ANSP. 1935. wrs. * 25.00
588. Pennell, F. THE SCROPHULARIACEAE OF THE W HIMALAYAS. pp. 163. illus. ANSP. 1943. wrs. * 15.00
589. Pepoon, H. FLORA OF THE CHICAGO REGION. pp. 554. illus. Chicago. 1927. Worn wrs. 45.00
590. Pepoon, H. FLORA OF THE CHICAGO REGION. pp. 554. illus. Chicago. 1927. Bound. 65.00
591. Perkins, B. TREES. pp. 176. color paintings. Grange. 1991. DJ. Folio. 18.00
592. Pertchik, B. FLOWERING TREES OF THE CARIBBEAN. pp. 125. color paintings. Rine. 1951. Worn DJ. * 25.00
593. Peterson, R. WHEAT: BOTANY, CULTIVATION & UTILIZATION. pp. 419. illus. Inter. Hinges tender. 20.00
594. Phillips, C. WILDFLOWERS OF DELAWARE & THE EASTERN SHORE. pp. 305. color photos. DE. 1976. wrs. 12.50
595. Piper, C. FORAGE PLANTS & THEIR CULTURE. pp. 671. illus. Macmillan. 1924. Tear At Top Of Spine. 18.00
596. Plimpton, G. OAKES AMES: JOTTINGS OF A HARVARD BOTANIST 1874 - 1950. pp. 401. Portrait. Harvard. 1979. DJ. Small tear in DJ. 26.00
597. Plotkin, M. TALES OF A SHAMAN‚S APPRENTICE. pp. 318. photos. Penguin. 1993. DJ. 15.00
598. Plotkin, M. SUSTAINABLE HARVEST & MARKETING OF RAIN FOREST PRODUCTS. pp. 325. 1992. wrs.16.00
599. Pojar, J. PLANTS OF COASTAL BRITISH Columbia. pp. 526. color photos. Lone Pine. 1994. wrs. 15.00
600. Polunin, O. FLOWERS OF EUROPE A FIELD GUIDE. pp. 662. 192 color photos. Oxford. 1969. DJ. * 50.00
601. Polunin, O. THE CONCISE FLOWERS OF EUROPE. pp. 107. color photos. Oxford. 1981. wrs. 15.00
602. Polunin & A. Huxley, O. FLOWERS OF THE MEDITERRANEAN. pp. 257. color photos. Chat. 1965. DJ. 35.00
603. Polunin, O. FLOWERS OF SW EUROPE A FIELD GUIDE. pp. 480. color photos. Oxford. 1997. Boards. 25.00
604. Porter, C. TAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS. pp. 472. 399 illus. Freeman. 1967. 2nd ed. * 24.00
605. Porter, C. TAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS. pp. 452. illus. Freeman. 1959. 1st ed. 20.00
606. Postma, C. PLANT MARVELS IN MINATURE. pp. 173. photos. Day. 1961. folio. Worn DJ. 20.00
607. Pradhan,U. HIMALAYAN COBRA-LILIES (ARISAEMA) THEIR BOTANY & CULTURE. pp. 99. color illus. Primulaceae. 1997. DJ. 99.00
608. Prance & J. Kallunki, G. ETHNOBOTANY IN THE NEOTROPICS. pp. 156. photos. NYBG. 1984. wrs. 25.00
609. Prance, G. LEAVES. pp. 244. color photos. Crown. 1985. DJ. 25.00
610. Prance & T. Elias, G. EXTINCTION IS FOREVER. pp. 439. photos. USDI. 1977. wrs. 15.00
611. Prasad et al, V. ILLUSTRATED FLORA OF KEOLADEO NATIONAL PARK BHARATPUT, RAJASTHAN A GENERAL GUIDE TO THE WETLAND FLORA OF THE GANGETIC PLAINS. pp. 435. illus. Bombay Nat Hist Society. 1996. DJ. * 25.00
612. Pridgeon et al, A. GENERA ORCHIDACEARUM. Vol 4. Epidendroideae (Part One). pp. 672. color photos. Oxford. 2005. DJ. 150.00
613. Pridgeon (ed), A. THE illus. ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ORCHIDS. pp. 304. color photos. Timber. 1992. * 25.00
614. Pritzel, G. THESAURUS LITERATURAE BOTANICAE. pp. 574. Martino reprint of 1872 ed. 99.00
615. Questel, A. LA FLORE DE LA GUADELOUPE (ANTILLES FRANCAISES). pp. 327. illus. Mexico. 1951. Taped wrs. 40.00
616. Radford et al, A. GUIDE TO THE VASCULAR FLORA OF THE CAROLINAS. pp. 383. UNC. 1964. 25.00
617. Radford Et Al, A. MANUAL OF THE VASCULAR FLORA OF THE CAROLINAS. pp. 1183. illus. NC. 1968. 35.00
618. Radford et al, A. NATURAL HERITAGE. pp. 485. illus. NC. 1981. DJ. * 25.00
619. Radford Et Al, A. VASCULAR PLANT SYSTEMATICS. pp. 891. illus. Harper. 1974. Hinges Starting. Signed By Radford 50.00
620. Rafinesque, C. NEW FLORA OF N AMERICA. pp. 308. Arnold Arboretum reprint of 1836 ed. wrs. 75.00
621. Rafinesque, C. SYLVA TELLURIANA MANTISSA SYNOPTICA: TREES & SHRUBS OF N AMERICA.& OTHER PARTS. pp. 184. Arnold Arboretum.k 1943. wrs. Reprint of 1838 edition. * 50.00
622. Rao,V. TREES OF THE DUARS & TERAI. pp. 114. illus. India.. 1957. Boards. * 25.00
623. Rattan, V. A POPULAR CALIFORNIA FLORA. pp. 128. illus. Bancroft. 1888. Some pencilled notes. 20.00
624. Rau, M. HIGH ALTITUDE FLOWERING PLANTS OF W HIMALAYA. pp. 234. illus. Bot Soc. 1975. 35.00
625. Raup, H. THE BOTANY OF SW MACKENZIE. pp. 275. maps & illus. Harvard. 1947. wrs. * 35.00
626. Reader's Digest. FOODS THAT HARM FOODS THAT HEAL. pp. 400. color illus. Readers Digest. 1997. 12.50
627. Recht, C. BAMBOOS. pp. 128. color photos. Timber. 1992. DJ. * 30.00
628. Reed, H. JAN INGENHOUSZ: PLANT PHYSIOLOGIST WITH A HISTORY OF THE DISCOVERY OF PHOTOSYNTHESIS. pp. 107. Chronica Botanica. 1949. wrs. * 25.00
629. Rendle, A. THE CLASSIFICATION OF FLOWERING PLANTS. 2 Vols. pp. 1052. illus. Cambridge. 1956. 65.00
630. Rendle, A. CLASSIFICATION OF FLOWERING PLANTS. 2 Vols. pp. 1052. Cambridge. 1938. 2nd ed. A few marks 46.00
631. Renfrew, J. NEW LIGHT ON EARLY FARMING: RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN PALAEOETHNOBOTANY. pp. 395. illus. Edinburgh. 1991. DJ. In Print @ 95.00. * 48.00
632. Reveal, J. AMERICA‚S BOTANICAL BEAUTY: illus. FROM THE LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. pp. 162. color illus. Fulcrum. 1996. wrs. * 25.00
633. Revell, A. A KENTISH HERBAL. pp. 85. illus. Kent. 1984. wrs. * 12.00
634. Rice, E. BIOLOGICAL CONTROL OF WEEDS & PLANT DISEASES ADVANCES IN APPLIED ALLELOPATHY. pp. 439. illus. OK. 1995. 25.00
635. Rice & R. Compton, E. WILD FLOWERS OF THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. pp. 24. 250 color pls. N/d. 35.00
636. Richard, P. HISTOIRE POST-WISCONSINIENNE DE LA VEGETATION DU QUEBEC MERIDIONAL. 2 Vols. pp. 459. illus. Canada. 1977. wrs. 25.00
637. Richards, J. PRIMULA. pp. 346. colored paintings. Timber. 2003. DJ. 35.00
638. Richardson, J. WILD EDIBLE PLANTS OF NEW ENGLAND. pp. 217. color photos. Delorme. 1981. wrs. 16.00
639. Rickard, M. THE PLANTFINDER'S GUIDE TO GARDEN FERNS. pp. 192. color photos. Timber. 2003. wrs. 12.50
640. Rickett, H. THE ROYAL BOTANICAL EXPEDITION TO NEW SPAIN 1788-1820 DESCRIBED IN THE ARCHIVO GENERAL DE LA NACION (MEXICO). pp. 86. Photos. Chronica Botanica. Vol. 11. 1947. wrs. * 25.00
641. Rickett, H. WILD FLOWERS OF THE U.S. Vol. I. The NE States. pp. 559. color photos. McGraw. 1966. Worn slipcases. * 100.00642. Rickett, H. WILD FLOWERS OF THE U.S. Vol. II. The SE States. pp. 688. color photos. McGraw. 1966. Very good slipcase. * 175.00
643. Rickett, H. WILD FLOWERS OF THE U.S. Vol. II. The SE States. pp. 688. color photos. McGraw. 1966. No slipcase. 150.00
644. Rickett, H. WILD FLOWERS OF THE U.S. Vol. III. Texas. pp. 553. color photos. McGraw. 1966. 2 vols. Slipcased. * 300.00
645. Rickett, H. WILD FLOWERS OF THE U.S. Vol. III. Texas. pp. 553. color photos. McGraw. 1966. 2 vols. No slipcase. 275.00
646. Rickett, H. WILD FLOWERS OF THE U.S. Vol. III. Texas. pp. 553. color photos. McGraw. 1966. Part I only. Clear tape inside both covers. No external markings. 50.00
647. Rickett, H. WILD FLOWERS OF THE U.S. Vol. IV. The SW States. pp. 801, color photos. McGraw. 1966. Worn slipcase. 175.00
648. Rickett, H. WILD FLOWERS OF THE U.S. The complete 6 boxed set - No Index. 1000.00 plus post at cost.
649. Rickett, H. WILD FLOWERS OF THE U.S. The complete 6 boxed set + (Scarce) Index. 1250.00 plus post at cost.
650. Riffle & G. Peterson, J. DISEASES OF TREES IN THE GREAT PLAINS. pp. 149. color photos. USDA. 1986. wrs. * 12.50
651. Riley & D. Banks, J. ORCHIDS OF AUSTRALIA. pp. 308. 150 color paintings. Princeton. 2002 DJ. Folio. 75.00
652. Ritchie, J. PAST & PRESENT VEG OF THE FAR NW OF CANADA. pp. 251. illus. Toronto. 1984. 40.00
653. Robbins, C. AMER GINSENG: THE ROOT OF N AMERICA‚S MEDICINAL HERB TRADE. pp. 94. wrs. 9.00
654. Robichaud & M. Buell, B. VEGETATION OF NEW JERSEY. pp. 340. Photos. Rutgers. 1973. 25.00
655. Robichaud & M. Buell, B. VEGETATION OF NEW JERSEY. pp. 340. photos. Rutgers. 1973. wrs. 15.00
656. Robinson, B. A HANDBOOK OF THE FLOWERING PLANTS & FERNS. pp. 926. ABC. 1908. Pencilled notes. 15.00
657. Robinson, B. GRAY'S NEW MANUAL OF BOTANY. 7th ed. pp. 926. illus. ABC. 1908. Hinge cracked. 15.00
658. Robinson, B. GRAY'S NEW MANUAL OF BOTANY. 7th ed. pp. 926. illus. ABC. 1908. 20.00
659. Robinson, H. A PALYNOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE LIABEAE. pp. 50. illus. Smithsonian. 1986 wrs. * 7.50
660. Rodwell (ed), J. BRITISH PLANT COMMUNITIES. Vol. I. pp. 395. Cambridge. 1991. In Print @ 160.00. 85.00
661. Rodwell, J. BRITISH PLANT COMMUNITIES. Vol. 2. pp. 628. Maps. Cambridge. 1991. In Print @ 195.00. 85.00
662. Rodgers, A. NOBLE FELLOW - WILLIAM STARLING SULLIVANT. pp 361. illus. Hafner. 1968. Dj 45.00
663. Rollins, R. THE GENUS LESQUERELLA IN N AMERICA. pp. 288. 32 pls. Harvard. 1973. * 25.00
664. Rollins, R. REV STUDY OF MENONVILLEA/THE FERNS OF LIBERIA. pp. 103. 1 pl. 1955. wrs. 15.00
665. Romberger, J. INTER REVIEW OF FORESTRY RES. VOLS. I & II. pp. 720. Academic. 1967. DJ. The pair: 12.50
666. Rorison et al, I. FRONTIERS OF COMP PLANT ECOLOGY. pp. 317. illus. Academic. 1987. wrs. 25.00
667. Rose et al, J. STUDIES OF MEXICAN & CENTRAL AMERICAN PLANTS 3 + COOK'S ECONOMIC PLANTS OF PORTO RICO. pp. 428. photos & illus. USNM. 1903. Bound. 75.00
668. Roshevits, R. GRASSES AN INTRO TO THE STUDY OF FODDER & CEREAL GRASSES. pp. 635. 169 figs. 1980. wrs. * 25.00
669. Rousseau, J. THE REVERIES OF THE SOLITARY WALKER, BOTANICAL WRITINGS & LETTERS TO FRANQUIERES. pp. 349. frontis. Dartmouth. 1992. DJ. 45.00
670 Royal Botanic Gardens. TELOPEA Vol. 6 (2-3) March - Sept 1995. pp. 332. illus. Contains a Rev of the Bloodwoods, Genus Corymbia. wrs. 16.00
671. Ryberg, M. THE DECIDUOUS WOODS ON THE NASET PENINSULA AT TULLGARN, PROVINCE OF SODERMANLAND. pp. 80. Maps & photos. Almqvist. 1971. wrs. * 15.00
672. Rydberg, P. FLORA OF THE PRAIRIES & PLAINS OF CENTRAL N AMERICA. pp. 969. illus. Hafner reprint. 1965. DJ. * 35.00
673. Rydberg, P. FLORA OF THE ROCKY MTNS & ADJACENT PLAINS. pp. 1143. Hafner reprint. 1954. 38.00
674. Ryder, E. LETTUCE ENDIVE & CHICORY. pp. 208. illus. CABI.1998.wrs. 40.00
675 Samuel, H. WILD FLOWER HUNTER. pp. 152. illus. Constable. 1961. DJ. 45.0
676 Sanecki, K. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH HERB GARDEN. pp. 128. color illus. Wardlock. 1992. DJ. * 25.00
677 Saralamp et al, P. MED PLANTS IN THAILAND. 2 VOLS. pp. 466. color photos. Thailand. 1997. DJ. 198.00
678. Sargent, C. SCIENTIFIC PAPERS OF ASA GRAY. pp. 900 Krause Reprint. 1969. 2 Vols In 1. 25.00
679 Sarle, C. A SHAKER SISTER‚S DRAWINGS. pp. 77. color botanical paintings. Monacelli. 1997. DJ. * 25.00
680. Sarrantonio, M. METHODOLOGIES FOR SCREENING SOIL-IMPROVING LEGUMES. pp. 310. illus. Rodale. 1991. Spiral wrs. 20.00
681. Sattler, R. ORGANOGENESIS OF FLOWERS. pp. 207. Photos. Toronto. 1973. 25.00
682. Sauer, J. PLANT MIGRATION. pp. 298. illus. CA. 1988. wrs. 12.50
683. Saunders, G. PICTURING PLANTS AN ANALYTICAL HISTORY OF BOTANICAL ILLUSTRATION. pp. 152. color pls. CA. 1995. DJ. * 25.00
684 Sayles, R. BERMUDA DURING THE ICE AGE. pp. 86. 13 pls. AAAS. 1931. Bound. Stain along the bottom of several pages. Signed dedication copy. 35.00
685. Savile, D. COLLECTION & CARE OF BOTANICAL SPECIMENS. pp. 124. illus. Canada. 1962. 16.00
686. Schauer, T. FARBIGE PFLANZENWELT. pp. 223. color illus. BLV. 1983. wrs. 10.00
687 Schery, R. PLANTS FOR MAN. pp. 564. Photos. Prentice. 1959. 15.00
688 Schopfer, W. PLANTS & VITAMINS. pp. 293. 3 pls. Chronica Botanica. 1949. wrs. 26.00
689. Schramm (ed), W. MARINE BENTHIC VEGETATION. pp. 471. Springer. 1996. In Print @ 159.00. 75.00
690. Schultes & R. Raffauf, R. THE HEALING FOREST. pp. 484. illus. Dioscorides. 2001. DJ. * 55.00
691. Schultes, R. THE JOURNALS OF HIPOLITO RUIZ: SPANISH BOTANIST IN PERU & CHILE 1777-1788. pp. 357. maps. Timber. 1998. DJ. * 36.00
692. Schulz-Schaeffer, J. CYTOGENETICS PLANTS, ANIMALS & HUMANS. pp. 446. 219 figs. Spring. 1980. 25.00
693. Scoggan, H. FLORA OF MANITOBA. pp. 617. frontis. Canada. 1957. wrs. 45.00
694. Scoggan, H. THE FLORA OF BIC & THE GASPE PENINSULA, QUEBEC. pp. 399. Canada. 1950. wrs. 35.00
695. Scott, D. EXTINCT PLANTS & PROBLEMS OF EVOLUTION. pp. 240. illus. MacMillan. 1924. 35.00
696. Scott, R. THE ALPINE FLORA OF THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS. Vol. I. The Middle Rockies. pp. 901. maps & illus. Utah. 1995. Issued without DJ. In Print @ 110.00. * 75.00
697. Seaman, F. DITERPENES OF FLOWERING PLANTS COMPOSITAE (ASTERACEAE). pp. 638. illus. Springer 1990. In Print @ 149.00. * 75.00
698. Setchell, W. AMERICAN SAMOA: I. VEGETATION OF TUTILA ISLAND; II. ETHNOBOTANY OF THE SAMOANS; III. VEGETATION OF ROSE ATOLL. 3 parts make up Vol. XX. Carnegie. 1924. wrs. 99.00
699. Seward, A. PLANT LIFE THROUGH THE AGES: A GEOLOGICAL & BOTANICAL RETROSPECT. pp. 607. Photos. Cambridge. 1941. Clean x-lib. 40.00
700. Seward, A. PLANT LIFE THROUGH THE AGES. pp. 601. illus. MacMillan. 1931. * 45.00
701. Sexton & R. Johnson, S. PLANT KINGDOMS: THE PHOTOGRAPHS OF CHARLES JONES. pp. 128. b&w photos. Smithmark. 1998. DJ. 18.00
702. Seymour, F. FLORA OF LINCOLN COUNTY, WISCONSIN. pp. 362. illus. Author. 1960. wrs. * 15.00
703. Seymour, F. THE FLORA OF NEW ENGLAND. pp. 596. illus. Tuttle. 1969. DJ. 25.00
704. Sharples, A. ALASKA WILD FLOWERS. pp. 156. photos. Stanford. 1973. Soiled DJ. 9.50
705. Shaw, G. THE GENUS PINUS. pp. 96. 39 pls. Cambridge Reprint. 1958. wrs. 50.00
706. Shaw, T. CLOVERS & HOW TO GROW THEM. pp. 345. photos. Judd. 1913. 16.00
707. Sheehan, T. AN ILLUSTRATED SURVEY OF ORCHID GENERA. Pp 421. color paintings. Timber Press. 1994. DJ. In Print @ 99. * 39.00
708. Sheehan, T. ORCHID GENERA ILLUSTRATED. pp. 207. color pls. Cornell. 1979. Worn DJ. 30.00
709. Shephard, S. SEEDS OF FORTUNE: A GARDENING DYNASTY. pp. 300. color pls. Author. 2003. DJ. 16.00
710. Sherwood, S. A PASSION FOR PLANTS: CONTEMPORARY BOTANICAL MASTERWORKS FROM THE SHIRLEY SHERWOOD COLLECTION. pp. 204. color paintings. Cassell. 2001. * 45.00
711. Shetler & L. Skog, S. A PROV CHECKLIST OF SPECIES FOR FLORA N AMERICA. pp. 199. wrs. * 15.00
712. Shishkin (ed), B. FLORA OF THE U.S.S.R. Vol. XVI. Umbelliflorae. pp. 478. illus. Israel. 1973. Corner lightly bumped. 46.00
713. Shreve & I. Wiggins, F. VEGETATION & FLORA OF THE SONORAN DESERT. VOL. II. pp. 899. Stanford. 1964. Rear cover nearly detached, interior in fine condition. Rebind. 25.00
714. Shuaib, L. WILDFLOWERS OF KUWAIT. pp. 128. color photos. Stacey. 1995. DJ. * 35.00
715. Silberhorn, G. COMMON PLANTS OF THE MID-ATLANTIC COAST: A FIELD GUIDE. pp. 256. illus. John Hopkins. 1982. DJ. * 25.00
716. Silveus, W. GRASSES: PASPALUM & PANICUM OF THE U.S. pp. 526. many pls. Author. 1942. Dj . A Few Small Chips. 85.00
717. Simpson, B. A FIELD GUIDE TO TEXAS TREES. pp. 372. color photos. Lone Star. 1999. wrs. 18.00
718. Simmons Et Al, J. CONSERVATION OF THREATENED PLANTS. pp. 336. map. NATO. 1976. Chipped DJ. 25.00
719. Simpson et al, B. N A FLORA: COMPOSITAE: MUTISIEAE - VERNONIEAE. pp. 245. 1978. wrs. * 35.00
720. Sinclair (ed), T. PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGY IN PLANT PRODUCTION. pp. 310. illus. CAB. 1997. wrs. 15.00
721. Singh, R. PLANT CYTOGENETICS. pp. 391. illus. CRC. 1993. In Print @ 80.00. 35.00
722. Skog, L. FLORA OF PANAMA. PT. IX. Gesneriaceae. pp. 215. illus. MBG 65:3. 1978. wrs. 25.00
723. Skottsberg, C. THE GENUS WIKSTROEMIA IN THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. pp. 154. 10 pls. 1972. wrs. * 25.00
724. Slack, A. CARNIVOROUS PLANTS. pp. 240. color photos. MIT. 1981. DJ. 35.00
725. Slaughter, T. THE NATURES OF JOHN & WILLIAM BARTRAM. pp. 304. illus. Knopf. 1996. DJ. * 25.00
726. Slusser, E. STORIES OF LUTHER BURBANK & HIS PLANT SCHOOL. pp. 194. color pls Scribner. 1920. 15.00
727. Small & J. Carter, J. FLORA OF LANCASTER COUNTY (PA). pp. 336. Authors. 1913. * 75.00
728. Smith, A. FIJIAN PLANT STUDIES, II. pp. 148. 8 figs. Arnold. 1942. wrs. 22.00
729. Smith, A. THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF THIBAUDIEAE: VACCINIACEAE. pp. 236. 19 pls. 1932. wrs. 16.00
730. Smith, F. FLORAL ANATOMY OF THE SANTALACEAE & RELATED FORMS. pp. 93. illus. 1943. wrs. 9.00
731. Smith, H. PAINTED HERBARIUM: THE LIFE & WORK OF EMILY HITCHCOCK TERRY ( 1838-1921). pp. 194. color pls. Minnesota. 1992. DJ. * 25.00
732. Smith & E. Ayensu, L. REV OF AMERICAN VELLOZIACEAE. pp. 172. illus. Smithsonian. 1976. wrs. * 16.00
733. Smith et al, N. TROPICAL FORESTS & THEIR CROPS. pp. 568. photos. Cornell. 1992. 65.00
734. Smythe, F. THE VALLEY OF FLOWERS. pp. 325. color photos. Norton. 1949. Large sticker on cover. 25.00
735. Snyder, L. TREES & SHRUBS FOR N GARDENS. pp. 411. color photos. MN. 1980. DJ. 9.00
736. Soderstrom et al, T. GRASS SYSTEMATICS & EVOLUTION. pp. 473. illus. Smithsonian. 1986. DJ. 26.00
737. Soderstrom et al, T. REV OF THE GENUS OLYRA & THE NEW SEGREGATE GENUS PARODIOLYRA. pp. 79. illus. Smithsonian. 1989. wrs. * 7.50
738. Soderstrom et al, T. THE PHAREAE & STREPTOGYNEAE (POACEAE) OF SRI LANKA: A MORPHOLOGICAL STUDY. pp. 26. illus. Smithsonian. 1987. wrs. 6.50
739. Solbrig et al, O. TOPICS IN PLANT POPULATION BIOLOGY. pp. 589. illus. Columbia. 1979. DJ. 28.00
740. Sosebee (ed), R. RANGELAND PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. pp. 290. illus. Soc Range Man. 1977. Scuffed wrs. 12.50
741. Spaulding, D. THE VASCULAR FLORA OF LAKE GUNTERSVILLE STATE PARK. PT. I Intro & Plant Communities. pp. 12. map. AL Acad of Sciences 70:4. wrs. * 6.00
742. Specht, R. AUSTRALIAN PLANT COMMUNITIES DYNAMICS OF STRUCTURE, GROWTH & BIODIVERSITY. Pp 492. illus. Oxford. 1999. wrs. * 35.00
743. Spencer, E. JUST WEEDS. pp. 333. 102 figs. Scribner. 1957. Worn DJ. 17.50
744. Sprague (ed), H. GRASSLANDS OF THE U.S. pp. 220. illus. Iowa. 1974. 20.00
745. Stafleu, F. INTERNATIONAL CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMECLATURE. pp. 472. Utrecht. 1972 or 1978. 9.00
746. Standley, P. FLORA OF GUATEMALA. LOGANIACEAE BY D. GIBSON. pp. 211. illus. Field. 1969. wrs. 40.00
747. Standley & L. Williams, P. FLORA OF GUATEMALA. MYRSINACEAE. pp. 210. illus. Field. 1966. wrs. 40.00
748. Standley, P. FLORA OF GUATEMALA. Part XII: Compositae. pp. 454. 148 figs. Field 24:12. 1976. Tip of corner torn off. wrs. 45.00
749. Standley, P. THE FLORA OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE. pp. 416. 66 pls. Smithsonian. 1928. Bound. 45.00
750. Standley, P. THE FLORA OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE. pp. 176. 66 pls. Smithsonian. 1928. wrs. 35.00
751. Standley, P. TREES & SHRUBS OF MEXICO. Pt. I. Gleicheniaceae - Betulaceae. pp. 168. Smithsonian. 1920. 50.00
752. Standley, P. TREES & SHRUBS OF MEXICO. Pt. II. Passifloraceae - Asteraceae. pp. 872. Smithsonian. 50.00
753. Stearn, W. BOTANICAL LATIN. pp. 546. illus. Timber. 1996. DJ. * 40.00
754. Stearn, W. THE GENUS EPIMEDIUM. pp. 342. color pls. Timber. 2002. DJ. 45.00
755. Stebbins, L. VARIATION & EVOLUTION IN PLANTS. pp. 643. Columbia. 1950. 35.00
756. Stace, C. NEW FLORA OF THE BRITISH ISLES. pp. 1226. illus. Cambridge. 1991. Plastic covers. 60.00
757. Stermer, D. VANISHING FLORA. pp. 191. color pls. Abrams. 1995. DJ. 25.00
758. Stevens, O. HANDBOOK OF N DAKOTA PLANTS. pp. 324. 308 photos. ND. 1950. 20.00
759. Stevens, W. KANSAS WILD FLOWERS. pp. 463. 771 figs. Kansas. 1948. Worn & torn DJ. 35.00
760. Stevenson, J. THE SPECIES OF RHODODENDRON. pp. 861. illus. Rhod. Soc. 1930. 2nd ed. 65.00
761. Stevenson, M. THE BOTANICAL LITERATURE OF MISSISSIPPI: A TAXONOMIC, GEOGRAPHIC, AND SUBJECT GUIDE 1854 THROUGH 1984. pp. 49. MS. 1991. Spiral wrs. * 7.50
762. Steward, A. MANUAL OF VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE LOWER YANGTZE VALLEY CHINA. pp. 621. illus. OR. 1958. 45.00
763. Steward, F. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY A TREATISE. Vols. 3, 4A, 6A, 6B & 6C. pp. 3817. Academic. 1963. DJ. 26.00
764. Stewart, J. ORCHIDS OF KENYA. pp. 176. color photos. Timber. 1996. DJ. In Print @ 55.00. * 35.00
765. Stewart, J. THE ORCHID PAINTINGS OF FRANZ BAUER. pp. 160. 70 color pls. Timber. 1993. DJ. * 39.95
766. Steyermark, J. FLORA OF THE THE VENEZUELAND GUYANA. Vol. I. pp. 320. color photos. MBG. 1995. DJ. 149.00
767. Steyermark, J. CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA VENEZUELA. 2 Vols. pp. 447. 94 figs. Field Museum. Vol. 28. 1951. wrs. 75.00
768. Stidd, B. KEY TO COMMON WOODY LANDSCAPE PLANTS IN THE MIDWEST. pp. 130. Stipes. 1995. Spiral wrs. 15.00
769. Still, C. BOTANY & HEALING MEDICINAL PLANTS OF NJ & THE REGION. pp. 261. illus. Rutgers. 1998. * 20.00
770. Straley et al, G. THE RARE VASCULAR PLANTS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. pp. 165. Maps. 1985. wrs. 15.00
771. Strausbaugh & E. Core, P. FLORA OF W VIRGINIA. Pts. 2, 3, & 4. pp. 802. illus. WV. 1953. wrs. 65.00
772. Street, H. PHYSIOLOGY OF FLOWERING PLANTS. Elsevier. 1975. 2nd ed. 20.00
773. Stuckey, I. COASTAL PLANTS FROM CAPE COD TO CAPE CANAVERAL. pp. 305. color photos. NC. 2000. DJ. * 16.00
774. Stuessy, T. PLANT TAXONOMY. pp. 514. illus. Columbia. 1990. Torn DJ. 50.00
775. Subik & J. Kaplicka, R. DECORATIVE CACTI A GUIDE TO SUCCULENT HOUSE PLANTS. pp. 132. color paintings. Spring. 1973. One Inch Tear In Spine. 12.50
776. Summer, J. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF MEDICINAL PLANTS. pp. 235. color photos. Timber. 2000. DJ. 25.00
777. Sundell, E. NEW WORLD SPECIES OF CYNANCHUM SUBGENUS MELLICHAMPIA (ASCLEPIADACEAE). pp. 63. illus. Evol Mono. 1981. wrs. 15.00
778. Sutton, D. A REV OF THE TRIBE ANTIRRHINEAE (SCROPHULARIACEAE). pp. 575. illus. + 4 microfiches. Oxford. * 75.00
779. Swahn, J. THE LORE OF SPICES THEIR HISTORY, NATURE & USES AROUND THE WORLD. pp. 208. color illus. Senate. 1991. DJ. 16.00
780. Swain, T. BIOCHEMISTRY OF PLANT PHENOLICS. pp. 651. Plenum. 1979. DJ. 20.00
781. Swain, T. CHEMICAL PLANT TAXONOMY. pp. 543. Academic. 1963. DJ. 25.00
782. Swingle, D. TEXTBOOK OF SYSTEMATIC BOTANY. pp. 343. 105 figs. McGraw. 1946. 3rd ed. 15.00
783. Symonds, G. THE SHRUB IDENTIFICATION BOOK. pp. 279. illus. Barrows. 1963. top of spine Worn. 15.00
784. Szczawinski, A. THE HEATHER FAMILY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. pp. 205. illus. Canada. 1962. wrs. 7.50
785. Tan et al (ed), K. PLANT TAXONOMY, PHYTOGEOGRAPHY & RELATED SUBJECTS: THE DAVIS & HEDGE FESTSCHRIFT. pp. 351. illus. Edinburgh. 1989. DJ. * 45.00
786. Tansley, A. THE BRITISH ISLANDS & THEIR VEGETATION. pp. 970. 416 photos. Cambridge. 1939. 99.00
787. Tate, D. TROPICAL FRUIT OF THAILAND. pp. 96. color pls. Asia. 2000. DJ. 42.00
788. Taylor,G. THE GENUS MECONOPSIS. pp. 139. 29 pls. New Flora. 1934. 65.00
789. Taylor, J. COLLECTING GARDEN PLANTS. pp. 362. color photos. Dent. 1988. DJ. * 30.00
790. Taylor,(ed) N. CLOVER SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY. pp. 616. illus. ASA. 1985. 99.00
791. Taylor (ed), N. TAYLOR‚S ENCYCLOPEDIA OF GARDENING. pp. 1326. illus. Mifflin. 1961. bumped corner. 12.50
792. Taylor & B. MacBryde, R. VASCULAR PLANTS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: A DESCRIPTIVE RESOURCE INVENTORY. pp. 754. BC. 1977. wrs. One copy with spine tear 20.00. Fine copy. 25.00
793. Taylor, W. PLANTS OF BIKINI & OTHER N MARSHALL ISLANDS. pp. 227. 79 pls. MI. 1950. Very light library marks. Kansas. 40.00
794. Taylor, W. PLANTS OF BIKINI & OTHER N MARSHALL ISLANDS. pp. 227. 79 pls. MI. 1950. 46.00
795. Terrell, E. A CHECKLIST OF NAMES FOR 3000 VASCULAR PLANTS OF ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE. pp. 201. USDA. 1977. wrs. * 15.00
796. Tewari, D. MONOGRAPH ON TEAK. pp. 479. color pls. India.. 1992. DJ. 75.00
797. Theodora & C. Stanwell-Fletcher, J. SOME ACCOUNTS OF THE FLORA & FAUNA OF THE DRIFTWOOD VALLEY REGION OF N CENTRAL BRITISH COLUMBIA. pp. 97. Photos. Victoria. 1943. Chipped wrs. 22.00
798. Thomas, G. PERENNIAL GARDEN PLANTS OR THE MODERN FLORILEGIUM. pp. 389. color photos. Dent. 1976. dj 35.00
799. Thomas, J. FLORA OF THE SANTA CRUZ MTNS OF CALIF. pp. 434. 249 figs. Stanford. 1961. wrs. * 15.00
800. Thomas, J. FLORA OF THE SANTA CRUZ MOUNTAINS OF CALIFORNIA. pp. 434. illus. Stanford. 1961. DJ. 20.00
801. Thompson, E. WILDFLOWER PORTRAITS. illus. OK. 1964. Signed. 18.00
802. Thorel, C. AGRICULTURE & ETHNOBOTANY OF THE MEKONG BASIN. pp. 225. illus. WL. 2001. wrs.* 30.00
803. Thorhaug (ed), A. BOTANY IN CHINA. pp. 154. illus. Stanford. 1978. wrs. Corner bumped. 12.50
804. Thurston, C. WILDFLOWERS OF S CALIFORNIA. pp. 412. b&w photos. ESTO. 1936. DJ. 40.00
805. Timme, S. WILDFLOWERS OF MISSISSIPPI. pp. 278. color photos. MS. 1989. DJ. 22.00
806. Tiner, R. A FIELD GUIDE TO COASTAL WETLAND PLANTS OF THE NE U.S. pp. 283. illus. MA. 1987. 25.00
807. Tolmachev et al, A. FLORA OF THE RUSSIAN ARCTIC. VOL. I. Polypodiaceae - Gramineae. pp. 330. maps. Univ. Alberta. 1995. * 25.00
808. Tolmachev et al, A. FLORA OF THE RUSSIAN ARCTIC. VOL. II. Cyperaceae - Orchidaceae. pp. 233. maps. Univ. Alberta. 1996. * 25.00
809. Tomlinson, P. BOTANY OF MANGROVES. pp. 419. illus. Cambridge. 1986. wrs. * 30.00
810. Toothill (ed.), E. THE FACTS ON FILE DICTIONARY OF BOTANY. pp. 391. illus. 1984. DJ. 15.00
811. Tow & A. Lazenby, P. COMPETITION AND SUCCESSION IN PASTURES. pp. 322. illus. CABI. 2001. 99.00
812. Trelease, W. PLANT MATERIALS OF DECORATIVE GARDENING. pp. 188. Author. 1940. 8.50
813. Tsung, S. FORAGE RESOURCES OF CHINA. pp. 327. photos. Oydic. 1992. Corners lightly Bumped. 65.00
814. Tucker, E. CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM. VOL. I. SERIAL PUBLICATIONS - AUTHORS & TITLES. pp. 782. Martino Reprint. 75.00
815. Tucker, G. TAXONOMY OF CYPERUS IN COSTA RICA.& PANAMA. pp. 85. Maps. ASPT. 1983. wrs. 21.00
816. Tucker, G. THE VASCULAR FLORA OF SE CONNECTICUT. pp. 203. Bio Surv. 1995. Spiral wrs. Signed. 16.00
817. Turrill, W. VISTAS IN BOTANY. pp. 547. Pergamon. 1959. Light library marks. Kansas. 26.00
818. Tutin et al, T. FLORA EUROPAEA. Vol. I. Psilotaceae to Platanaceae. pp. 581. Cambridge. 1993. DJ. 135.00
819. Tutin et al, T. FLORA EUROPAEA. Vol. I. Lycopodiaceae to Platanaceae. pp. 464. Cambridge. 1964. 129.00
820. Uhl & J. Dransfield, N. GENERA PALMARUM. pp. 610. color illus. Bailey. 1987. DJ. 150.00
821. Unesco. PLANT ECOLOGY. pp. 125. illus. 1955. DJ. Arid zone research. 35.00
822. Unesco. PLANT ECOLOGY: REVIEWS OF RESEARCH. pp. 377. Photos & maps. 1955. DJ. 45.00
823. Univ Illinois. WEEDS OF THE N CENTRAL STATES. pp. 262. illus. Il. 1971. Taped wrs. 12.50
824. Upshall (ed0, W. HISTORY OF FRUIT GROWING & HANDLING IN UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.& CANADA 1860-1972. pp. 360. illus. Canada. 1976. DJ. 35.00
825. Upson & S. Andrews, T. THE GENUS LAVANDULA. pp. 442. 31 color paintings. Timber. 2004. Dj * 35.00
826. Urbatsch, L. FLORA OF LOUISIANA. pp. 220. 200 b&w & color illus. LSU. 1991. wrs. 24.95
827. USDA. NATIONAL LIST OF SCIENTIFIC PLANT NAMES. VOLS. I & II. 1982. wrs. Contains List of Plant Names & Synonymy. The pair: * 25.00
828. USPS. WILDFLOWERS: A COLLECTION OF U.S. COMMEMORATIVE STAMPS. pp. 62. color photos. 1991. Includes a mint pane of the 29 cent wildflowers stamps One stamp for each state. 35.00
829. Uva et al, R. WEEDS OF THE NE. pp. 397. color photos. Cornell. 1997. 26.00
830. Vance, F. WILDFLOWERS OF THE GREAT PLAINS. Bound copies. * 25.00
831. Vance et al, F. WILDFLOWERS ACROSS THE PRAIRIES. pp. 214. color photos. Canada. 1977. wrs. 16.00
832. Vanderplank, J. PASSION FLOWERS & PASSION FRUIT. pp. 176. color photos. MIT. 1991. DJ. 1st ed.* 40.00
833. Vanderplank, J. PASSION FLOWERS & PASSION FRUIT. pp. 176. color photos. MIT. 1991. DJ. 2nd ed.* 35.00
834. Vanderplank, J. PASSION FLOWERS & PASSION FRUIT. pp. 176. color photos. MIT. 1991. wrs. 3rd ed. 20.00
835. Vasilchenko, I. NOVITATES SYSTEMATICAE PLANTARUM VASCULARIUM 1971. pp. 342. illus. USDA. 1978. Worn DJ. * 25.00
836. Verdoorn (ed), F. PLANTS & PLANT SCIENCE IN LATIN AMERICA. pp. 381. illus. Chronica Botanica. 1945. * 45.00
837. Viktorov et al, S. SHORT GUIDE TO GEO-BOTANICAL SURVEYING. pp. 158. illus. Pergamon. 1964. * 25.00
838. Vincett, B. WILDFLOWERS OF CENTRAL SAUDI ARABIA. pp. 114. color photos. Milano. 1977. DJ. 45.00
839. Vines, R. TREES, SHRUBS & WOODY VINES OF THE SOUTHWEST. pp. 1104. 1200 illus. Texas. 1960. Worn DJ. 65.00
840. Vinogradova, V. PLANTS OF CENTRAL ASIA. Vol. 10. Araliaceae ˆ Cornaceae. pp. 139. illus. Science. 2005. 65.00
841. Viola, H. SEEDS OF CHANGE. pp. 278. color illus. Smithsonian. 1991. wrs. Folio. * 18.00
842. Voight, J. PLANT COMMUNITIES OF S ILLINOIS. pp. 202. illus. S IL. 1964. * 15.00
843. Voss, E. MICHIGAN FLORA. pp. 622. color photos & illus. MI. 1996. DJ. Lightly bumped corner. 25.00
844. Waddington Et Al, D. TURFGRASS. pp. 805 ASA. 1992. 28.00
845. Wagner, P. THE FLORA OF SCHUYLKILL COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA. pp. 230. Pennsylvania. 1943. wrs. Signed presentation copy with annotations laid in. Top of spine Worn. 60.00
846. Wagner, W. MAN OF THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF HAWAI'I. 2 Vols. pp. 1853. illus. Bishop. 1990. DJ. 75.00
847. Waisel, Y. BIOLOGY OF HALOPHYTES. pp. 395. illus. Academic. 1972. * 35.00
848. Walker, B. FLORA OF OKINAWA & THE S RYUKYU ISLANDS. pp. 1159. Drawings & photos. Smithsonian. 1976. DJ. * 45.00
849. Walker, D. STUDIES IN THE VEGETATIONAL HISTORY OF THE BRITISH ISLES. pp. 266. Photos & illus. Cambridge. 1970. DJ. * 40.00
850. Wallner, J. NEW ENGLAND‚S MTN FLOWERS. pp. 221. color illus. Mtn Press. 1997. wrs. * 12.50
851. Walshe, S. PLANTS OF QUETICO & THE ONTARIO SHIELD. pp. 152. color photos. Toronto. 1980. wrs. 25.00
852. Walter, T. FLORA CAROLINIANA. pp. 263. 1 pl. Arnold Arboretum. 1945. wrs. 75.00
853. Walters & D. Keil, D. VASCULAR PLANT TAXONOMY. pp. 488. illus. Kendall. 1988. wrs. 3rd ed. 45.00
854. Walters et al, S. THE EUROPEAN GARDEN FLORA. VOL. I. pp. 430. 43 illus. Cambridge. 1990. Rear cover has been folded over about an inch. Looks dogeared. In Print @ 150.00. 55.00
855. Walters et al, S. THE EUROPEAN GARDEN FLORA. VOL. II. Monocotyledons (Pt. II). pp. 318. illus. Cambridge. 1984. In Print @ 175.00. 125.00
856. Ward, P. PRIMROSES & POLYANTHUS: A GUIDE TO THE SPECIES & HYBRIDS. pp. 160. color photos. Blatsford. 1997. DJ. * 25.00
857. Wardman, E. THE BERMUDA JUBILEE GARDEN. pp. 349. color pls. Bermuda. 1971. #11 of 1000. DJ. 25.00
858. Wareing, P. GROWTH & DIFFERENTIATION IN PLANTS. pp. 342. illus. Pergamon. 1981. wrs. 3rd ed. 12.50
859. Wasshausen, D. THE GENUS APHELANDRA. pp. 156. illus. Smithsonian. 1975. wrs. 12.50
860, Waugh, F. PLUMS & PLUM CULTURE. pp. 371. illus. Judd. 1901. 25.00
861. Weatherbee, P. FLORA OF BERKSHIRE COUNTY, MASS. pp. 123. color photos. Berk Museum. 1996. wrs. 40.00
862. Weaver, J. NATIVE VEGETATION OF NEBRASKA. pp. 185. Photos. NE. 1965. DJ. * 8.50
863. Weaver, J. PRAIRIE PLANTS & THEIR ENVIRONMENT: A FIFTY YEAR STUDY IN THE MIDWEST. pp. 276. photos. NE. 1968. 35.00
864. Weber, W. ROCKY MOUNTAIN FLORA. pp. 479. b&w & color illus. CO. 1976. wrs. * 15.00
865. Weber, W. ROCKY MOUNTAIN FLORA. pp. 437. illus. CO. 1967. 25.00
866. Weiner, M. HERBS THAT HEAL. pp. 436. illus. Quantum. 1994. wrs. 16.00
867. Went, F. THE EXPERIMENTAL CONTROL OF PLANT GROWTH. pp. 343. 25 pls. Chronica Botanica. 1957. * 25.00
868. Weymar, H. BUCH DER LIPPENBLUTLER UND RAUBLATTGEWACHSE. pp. 158. 81 figs. 1961. DJ. 12.50
869. White, G. GARDEN KALENDAR 1751-73. pp. 222. Scolar Press. 1975. Worn DJ. 35.00
870. White & B. Sharma, K. WILD ORCHIDS IN NEPAL. pp. 307. color photos. White Lotus. 2000. wrs. * 42.00
871. Whitmore, T. PALMS IN MALAYA. pp. 136. illus. White Lotus. 1998. wrs. 2nd ed. * 38.00
872. Whittle, T. CURTIS‚S FLOWER GARDEN DISPLAYED. pp. 258. color pls 1787-1807. Magna. 1991. DJ. *20.00
873. Wiegand & A. Eames, K. THE FLORA OF THE CAYUGA LAKE BASIN, NEW YORK: VASCULAR PLANTS. pp. 491. color map. NY. 1926. wrs. Tear in spine. 35.00
874. Wiard, L. AN INTRODUCTION TO THE ORCHIDS OF MEXICO. pp. 239. color photos. Comstock. 1987. DJ. 75.00
875. Wielgorskaya, T. DICTIONARY OF GENERIC NAMES OF SEED PLANTS. pp. 570. Columbia. 1995. * 75.00
876. Wilkinson, N. E. I. Du PONT, BOTANISTE: THE BEGINNING OF A TRADITION. pp. 139. VA. 1972. DJ. 22.00
877. Williams, L. MADERAS ECONOMICAS DE VENEZUELA. pp. 87. illus. Caracas. 1939. Torn wrs. * 16.00
878. Williams, M. AMERICANS & THEIR FORESTS AN HIST GEOGRAPHY. pp. 599. Cambridge. 1992. wrs. * 29.95
879. Williams, R. THE USEFUL & ORNAMENTAL PLANTS IN TRINIDAD & TOBAGO. pp. 335. Gov't. 1951. wrs. 55.00
880. Willmer, C. STOMATA. pp. 166. illus. Longman. 1983. wrs. 10.00
881. Willis, J. A DICTIONARY OF THE FLOWERING PLANTS & FERNS. pp. 1245. Cambridge. 1966. 25.00
882. Wilson, J. LANDSCAPING WITH CONTAINER PLANTS. pp. 212. 75 color pls. Mifflin. 1990. DJ. 7.50
883. Winkler, M. FORAYS OF A SELF-STYLED ORCHID STALKER. 16 color plates on heavy paper. 1985. * 35.00
884. Winter, J. AN ANALYSIS OF THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NEBRASKA. pp. 203. NE. 1936. wrs. 30.00
885. Wise, R. A FRAGILE EDEN: PORTRAITS OF THE ENDEMIC FLOWERING PLANTS OF THE GRANITIC SEYCHELLES. pp. 216. Outstanding color illus. Princeton. 1998. DJ. * 35.00
886. Withner, C. THE ORCHIDS: A SCIENTIFIC SURVEY. pp. 648. illus. Krieger. 1988. Small tear at top of the spine. 35.00
887. Withner, C. THE ORCHIDS A SCIENTIFIC SURVEY. pp. 648. illus. Chronica Botanica 1959. Signed Pres Copy. 48.00
888. Withner, C. THE CATTLEYAS & THEIR RELATIVES: VOL. VI. THE S AMERICAN ENCYCLIA SPECIES. pp. 194. color photos. Timber. 2000. DJ. * 30.00
889. Withner & P. Harding, C. THE CATTLEYAS & THEIR RELATIVES: THE DEBATABLE EPIDENDRUMS. pp. 300. color photos. Timber. 2004. DJ. * 30.00
890. Woodroof, J. PRODUCTION TREE NUTS PROCESSING PRODUCTS. VOL. 2. PECANS PINE NUTS PISTACHIO NUTS BLACK WALNUTS & ENGLISH WALNUTS. pp. 373. photos. AVI. 1967. 35.00
891. Wodehouse, R. HAYFEVER PLANTS. pp. 280. illus. Hafner. 1971. 35.00
892. Wood, A. CLASS BOOK OF BOTANY. pp. 637. illus. Boston. 1855. Foxing. 41st ed. 35.00
893. Wood, A. CLASS-BOOK OF BOTANY. pp. 843. illus. Barnes. 1881. Binding chipped, hinge cracked. 15.00
894. Woodland, D. CONTEMPORARY PLANT SYSTEMATICS. pp. 619. illus. Academic. 1997. wrs. Cd included. 35.00
895. Woodland, D. CONTEMPORARY PLANT SYSTEMATICS. pp. 582. illus. Prentice. 1990. lightly bumped. 22.00
896. Woodward, M. GERARD‚S HERBAL. pp. 303. illus. Spring. 1964. Worn DJ. 18.00
897. Woodward, M. GERARD‚S HERBAL. pp. 303. illus. Senate. 1998. wrs. * 12.00
898. Woofe, J. SWEET POTATO AN UNTAPPED FOOD RESOURCE. pp. 643. illus. Cambridge. 1992. In Print @ 135.00. * 85.00
899. Wooton & P. Standley, E. FLORA OF NEW MEXICO. pp. 794. Cramer reprint. 1972. wrs. 50.00
900. Wulff, E. AN INTRODUCTION TO HISTORICAL PLANT GEOGRAPHY. pp. 223. illus. Chronica Botanica. 1943. wrs. Taped spine & chipping. 25.00
901. Wunderlin, R. GUIDE TO THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF CENTRAL FLORIDA. pp. 472. FL. 1982. 35.00
902. Wunderlin & B. Hansen, R. FLORA OF FLORIDA. VOL. I. PTERIDOPHYTES & GYMNOSPERMS. pp. 365. illus. Fl. 2000. DJ. 49.00
903. Yatskievych, G. STEYERMARK'S FLORA OF MISSOURI. VOL. I. pp. 991. illus. MBG. 1999. Dj 35.00
904. Yetman & T. Van Devender, D. MAYO ETHNOBOTANY. pp. 359. Photos. CA. 2002. DJ. * 26.00
905. Young, M. THE SEED PLANTS, FERNS, & FERN ALLIES OF THE AUSTIN REGION. pp. 98. TX. 1920. wrs. Chipped cover. 15.00
906. Zenkert, C. FLORA OF THE NIAGARA FRONTIER REGION. pp. 328. Maps & photos. 1934. 45.00
907. Zimdahl, R. WEEDS & WORDS. pp. 125. Iowa. * 10.00
908. Zirkle, C. THE BEGINNINGS OF PLANT HYBRIDIZATION. pp. 231. illus. PA. 1935. A small hole in the first few pages. 15.00
909. Zomlefer, W. COMMON FLORIDA ANGIOSPERM FAMILIES. Vol. I or II. pp. 107 & 108. 42 & 37 figs. BI. 1983. wrs. Each: * 7.50
910. Zomlefer, W. GUIDE TO FLOWERING PLANT FAMILIES. pp. 430. pen & ink drawings. NC. 1994. wrs. 35.00
911. Zucker, I. FLOWERING SHRUBS. pp. 380. 8 color pls. Nostrand. 1966. DJ. * 25.00
912. Zucker, I. FLOWERING SHRUBS. pp. 380. 8 color pls. Nostrand. 1966. no DJ. 20.00
913. Zwinger & B. Willard, A. LAND ABOVE THE TREES: A GUIDE TO AMERICAN ALPINE TUNDRA. pp. 487. illus. Harper. 1986. wrs. * 10.95

THINGS CRYPTOGAMIC
914. Atkins, F. MUSHROOM GROWING TODAY. pp. 188. Photos. MacMillan. 1966. DJ. Clean X-Lib. 10.00
915. Atkinson, G. MUSHROOMS EDIBLE POISONOUS ETC. pp. 275. 223 figs. Some color. Author. 1900. 65.00
916. Bessey, E. MORPHOLOGY & TAXONOMY OF FUNGI. pp. 791. Hafner reprint. 1950. * 25.00
917. Brachet, J. THE BIOLOGY OF ACETABULARIA. pp. 300. illus. Academic. 1970 DJ. * 25.00
918. Brodie, H. FUNGI: DELIGHT OF CURIOUSITY. pp. 131. Photos. 1977. wrs. * 15.00
919. Campbell, D. THE EUSPORANGIATAE: THE COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY OF THE OPHIOGLOSSACEAE & MARATTIACEAE. pp. 229. 13 pls. Carnegie. 1911. wrs. have very light chipping. 75.00
920. Clements & C. Shear, F. THE GENERA OF FUNGI. pp. 496. 58 b&w pls. Hafner reprint. 1973. 35.00
921. Coker & J. Couch, W. THE GASTEROMYCETES OF THE E U.S. & CANADA. pp. 201. 123 pls. NC. 1928. 199.00
922. Coker, W. THE SAPROLEGNIACEAE WITH NOTES ON OTHER WATER MOLDS. pp. 201. 63 pls. Cramer. 1969. wrs. 35.00
923. Cooke, M. EDIBLE & POISONOUS MUSHROOMS. pp. 126. 18 chromolithograph pls. London. 1894. 75.00
924. Cooke, M. HANDBOOK OF BRITISH HEPATICAE. pp. 310. 201 figs. Grant. 1907. 50.00
925. Creager, D. THE CEPHALOSPORIUM DISEASE OF ELMS. pp. 91. 16 pls. Arnold Arboretum. 1937. wrs. 25.00
926. Crum, H. MOSSES OF THE GREAT LAKES FOREST. pp. 404. illus. MI. 1975. wrs. 25.00
927. Cummins, G. RUST FUNGI ON LEGUMES & COMPOSITES IN N A. pp. 424. illus. AZ. 1978. wrs. * 12.50
928. Davis, C. THE MARINE & FRESH-WATER PLANKTON. pp. 562. 681 figs. MI. 1955. * 18.00
929. Dawson, E. MARINE BOTANY. pp. 371. illus. Holt. 1966. Worn DJ. * 22.00
930. Dawson, E. MARINE BOTANY. No DJ. 20.00
931. Dennis, R. FUNGI OF THE HEBRIDES. pp. 383. maps. Kew. 1986. wrs. 40.00
932. Dhir & A. Sood, K. FERN FLORA OF MUSSOORIE HILLS. pp. 100. 85 illus. Cramer. 1981. wrs. 20.00
933. Dodge, J. THE FINE STRUCTURE OF ALGAL CELLS. pp.261. illus. Academic. 1973.dj 26.00
934. Dodge, C. SOME LICHENS OF TROPICAL AFRICA. . Vol. V. Lecanoraceae to Physicaceae. pp. 225. Cramer. 1971. wrs. * 35.00
935. Dodge, J. THE FINE STRUCTURE OF ALGAL CELLS. pp. 261. illus. Academic. 1973. 16.00
936. Donk, M. REVISION DER NIEDERLANDISCHEN HETEROBASIDIOMYCETAE UND HOMOBASIDIOMYCETAE APHYLLOPHORACEAE. pp. 278. Cramer. 1969. wrs. 35.00
937. Dunbar, L. FERNS OF THE COASTAL PLAIN. pp. 128. illus. SC. 1989. wrs. * 6.50
938. Durand, H. FIELD BOOK OF COMMON FERNS. pp. 223. Photos. Putnam. 1949. 20.00
939. Eddy, A. A HANDBOOK OF MALESIAN MOSSES. 3 vols. pp. 937. illus. HMSO. 1996. wrs. The set is in print @ 173.25. * 125.00
940. Evans & G. Nichols, A. THE BRYOPHYTES OF CONNECTICUT. pp. 203. CT. 1908. wrs. * 22.00
941. Faull, J. TAXONOMY & GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENUS MILESIA. pp. 138. 9 pls. Arnold Arboretum. 1932. wrs. 25.00
942. Faull, J. TAXONOMY & GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENUS UREDINOPSIS. pp. 120 6 pls. Arnold Arboretum. 1938. wrs. 25.00
943. Fink, B. THE LICHEN FLORA OF THE U.S. pp. 426. 47 b&w pls. MI reprint. 1971. DJ. 45.00
944. Fischer & A. Bessette, D. EDIBLE WILD MUSHROOMS OF N AMERICA: A FIELD-TO-KITCHEN GUIDE. pp. 254. color photos. TX. 1992. DJ. * 40.00
945. Fogg, G. ALGAL CULTURES & PHYTOPLANKTON ECOLOGY. pp. 269. illus. WI. 1987. 3rd ed. * 12.50
946. Fritsch, F. A TREATISE ON THE BRITISH FRESHWATER ALGAE. pp. 524. illus. Cambridge. 1932. 45.00
947. Fritsch, F. THE STRUCTURE & REPRODUCTION OF THE ALGAE. 2 VOLS. pp. 1731. illus. Cambridge. 1965. 60.00
948. Galloway, J. A MANUAL OF FORAMINIFERA. pp. 483. 42 pls. Principia. 1933. Crerar library marks. Kansas. 35.00
949. Glezer, Z. CRYPTOGAMIC PLANTS OF THE USSR. VOL. VII. Silicoflagellaptophyceae. pp. 363. 33 pls. National Science Found. 1970. wrs. 30.00
950. Grove, W. BRITISH RUST FUNGI. pp. 412. illus. Cambridge. 1913. Spine coming loose. 25.00
951. Grove, W. BRITISH STEM AND LEAF FUNGI (COELOMYCETES). Vol. I. pp. 488. Cramer. 1967. wrs. 35.00
952. Groves, J. EDIBLE & POISONOUS MUSHROOMS OF CANADA. pp. 298. color illus. Canada. 1962. Worn DJ. 26.00
953. Gussow & W. Odell, H. MUSHROOMS & TOADSTOOLS. pp. 274. 127 pls. 2 color. Canada. 1927. 45.00
954. Gussow & W. Odell, H. MUSHROOMS & TOADSTOOLS. pp. 274. 127 pls. Ottawa. 1927. Chipped & library marks. Kansas. 25.00
955. Gwynne-Vaughn & B. Barnes, H. THE STRUCTURE & DEVELOPMENT OF THE FUNGI. pp. 449. 209. illus. Cambridge. 1965. DJ. is taped on. 35.00
956. Hardy et al, A. THE PLANKTON OF THE S GEORGIA WHALING GROUNDS & ADJACENT WATERS, 1926-1927. pp. 456. charts. Cambridge. 1935. wrs., covers detached but present. 35.00
957. Hicks, M. GUIDE TO THE LIVERWORTS OF N CAROLINA. pp. 239. 120 figs. Duke. 1992. DJ. red mark on book edge. 25.00
958. Hiruki (ed), C. TREE MYCOPLASMAS & MYCOPLASMA DISEASES. pp. 245. illus. Alberta. 1988. * 35.00
959. Hollenberg & I. Abbott, G. SUPPLEMENT TO SMITH‚S MARINE ALGAE OF THE MONTEREY PENINSULA. pp. 130. 53 figs. Stanford. 1966. 16.00
960. Hoshizaki & R. Moran, B. FERN GROWER‚S MANUAL. pp. 604. photos & illus. Timber. 2001. DJ. Signed presentation copy from Moran. 50.00
961. Hudler, G. MAGICAL MUSHROOMS, MISCIEVOUS MOLDS. pp. 246. color photos. Princeton. 1998. DJ. * 16.00
962. Hylander, C. THE ALGAE OF CONNECTICUT. pp. 245. 28 pls. CT. 1928. Disbound. 15.00
963. Isaac, S. ASPECTS OF TROPICAL MYCOLOGY. pp. 325. illus. Cambridge. 1993. 75.00
964. Jackson, D. ALGAE, MAN, & THE ENVIRONMENT. pp. 554. illus. Syracuse. 1968. Worn DJ. 25.00
965. Jackson H. MR JACKSON‚S MUSHROOMS. pp. 161. 42 color pls. National Gallery. 1979. Top torn off DJ. 35.00
966. Jarva, L. LIST OF ESTONIAN FUNGI WITH HOST INDEX & BIBLIO. pp. 330. 1980. wrs. Browning. 15.00
967. Jenkins, D. A TAXONOMIC & NOMENCLATURAL STUDY OF THE GENUS AMANITA SECTION AMANITA FOR N AMERICA. pp. 126. color illus. Cramer. 1977. * 40.00
968. Jensen & J. Stein (eds), A. PROCEEDINGS OF THE 9TH INTERNATIONAL SEAWEED SYMPOSIUM. pp. 634. illus. Science Press. 1978. 35.00
969. Johnsen, N. KEYS TO THE MOSSES OF ARIZONA. pp. 45. MNA. 1978. wrs. 7.50
970. Kapraun, D. AN illus. GUIDE TO THE BENTHIC MARINE ALGAE OF COASTAL N CAROLINA. Vol. I. Rhodophyta. pp. 206. 227 figs. NC. 1980. wrs. * 7.50
971. Kern, F. REV TAXONOMIC ACCOUNT OF GYMNOSPORANGIUM. pp. 134. illus. PA. 1979. DJ. * 22.00
972. Karczmarz, K. MONO OF THE GENUS CALLIERGON. pp. 208. 20 pls. Warszawa. 1971. wrs. * 25.00
973. Kepler, A. COMMON FERNS OF LUQUILLO FOREST, PUERTO RICO. pp. 125. illus. Puerto Rico. 1975. A copy in wrs. 15,00 Bound 20.00
974. Kingsbury, J. SEAWEEDS OF CAPE COD & THE ISLANDS. pp. 212. illus. Chatham. 1969. DJ. 18.00
975. Lellinger, D. A FIELD MANUAL OF THE FERNS & FERN-ALLIES OF THE U.S. & CANADA. pp. 389. color photos. Smithsonian. 1985. wrs. 35.00
976. Lewin, R. GENETICS OF ALGAE. pp. 360. illus. CA. 1976. DJ. In Print @ 55.00. * 35.00
977. Lobban & P. Harrison, C. SEAWEED ECOLOGY & PHYSIOLOGY. pp. 366. illus. Cambridge. 1997. 60.00
978. Lobban et al, C. THE PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOLOGY OF SEAWEEDS. pp. 242. illus. Cambridge. 1985. 35.00
979. Marasas et al, W. TOXIGENIC FUSARIUM SPECIES. pp. 328. PA. 1984. DJ. * 20.00
980. Marshall, N. THE MUSHROOM BOOK. pp. 167. color pls. Doubleday. 1922. 25.00
981. Massee, G. BRITISH FUNGI PHYCOMYCETES & USILAGINEAE. pp. 232. 8 pls. Reeve. 1891. 45.00
982. McAlpine, D. RUSTS OF AUSTRALIA. pp. 349. 55 pls. Australia. 1906. Covers detached. 25.00
983. Metzler, S. TEXAS MUSHROOMS. pp. 350. color photos. TX. 1992. DJ. In Print @ 55.50. * 35.00
984. Nelson, G. THE FERNS OF FLORIDA. pp. 208. color photos. Pineapple. 1990. wrs. 16.00
985. Neuman, J. THE POLYPORACEAE OF WISCONSIN. pp. 151. 25 pls. WI. 1914. 45.00
986. Nickerson, W. BIOLOGY OF PATHOGENIC FUNGI. pp. 236. illus. Chronica Botanica. 1947. 45.00
987. North, W. THE KELP BEDS OF SAN DIEGO & ORANGE COUNTIES. pp. 269. Maps. CA. 1991. wrs. 16.00
988. Orr, R. MUSHROOMS OF W N AMERICA. pp. 293. color photos. CA. 1979. 12.00
989. Pace, G. MUSHROOMS OF THE WORLD. pp. 310. color illus. Firefly. 1998. DJ. * 26.00
990. Patrick & C. Reimer, R. THE DIATOMS OF THE U.S. EXCLUSIVE OF ALASKA & HAWAII. Vol. I. pp. 688. 64 plates. ANSP. 1966. 65.00
991. Petersen (ed), R. EVOLUTION IN THE HIGHER BASIDIOMYCETES. pp. 562. 13 pls. TN. 1971. DJ. 35.00
992. Podpera, J. BRYUM GENERIS MONOGRAPHIAE PRODROUMS I. pp. 257. illus. Academia. 1973. small tear in DJ. 20.00
993. Prescott, G. ALGAE OF THE W GREAT LAKES. pp. 977. 7 pls. Brown. 1973. 46.00
994. Prescott, G. HOW TO KNOW THE FRESH-WATER ALGAE. pp. 272. 487 figs. Brown. 1970. wrs. 16.00
995. Rangaswami et al, G. FUNGI OF S INDIA. pp. 193. India.. 1970. DJ. * 18.00
996. Raymont, J. PLANKTON & PRODUCTIVITY IN THE OCEANS. pp. 660. illus. Pergamon. 1976. 35.00
997. Reese, W. MOSSES OF THE GULF SOUTH: FROM THE RIO GRANDE TO THE APPALACHICOLA. pp. illus. LSU. 1984. DJ. In Print @ 35.00. * 25.00
998. Rhoads, A. THE BIOLOGY OF POLYPOROUS PARGAMENUS FRIES. pp. 107. 31 pls. NY. 1917. wrs. 12.50
999. Ricken A. VADEMECUM FUR PILZFREUNDE. pp. 352. Cramer. 1969. wrs. * 20.00
1000. Rodgers III, A. NOBLE FELLOW, WILLIAM STARLING SULLIVANT. pp. 361. frontis. Hafner. 1978. DJ. 45.00
1001. Rogers, R. THE GENERA OF AUSTRALIAN LICHENS. pp. 124. illus. Queensland. 1981. DJ. 16.00
1002. Rosowski & B. Parker, J. SELECTED PAPERS IN PHYCOLOGY. pp. 876. illus. NE. 1971. 35.00
1003. Scagel, R. AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE MARINE ALGAE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA & N WASHINGTON. pp. 289. map. Canada. 1957. wrs. 25.00
1004. Schaechter, E. IN THE COMPANY OF MUSHROOMS. pp. 280. color photos. Harvard. 1997. wrs. * 18.00
1005. Schnneider & R. Searles, C. SEAWEEDS OF THE SE U.S. pp. 553. 563 figs. Duke. 1991. DJ. Red mark on book edge. * 25.00
1006. Schroeter, J. DIE PILZE SCHLESIENS. 2 Vols. pp. 1411. Cramer. 1972. wrs. * 75.00
1007. Schroeter, J. DIE PILZE SCHLESIENS. Vol. I. pp. 814. Cramer reprint. 1972. wrs. 35.00
1008. Schuster, R. HEPATICAE & ANTHOCEROTAE OF N AMERICA. VOL. 2. pp. 1062. 301 figs. Columbia. 1969. No dust jackets. * 85.00
1009. Scott, K. THE RUST FUNGI. pp. 288. illus. Academic. 1982. Small chip at the top of the spine. 50.00
1010. Shaver, J. FERNS OF TENNESSEE WITH THE FERN ALLIES EXCLUDED. pp. 502. 243 figs. Peabody. 1954. 45.00
1011. Silva , P. CAT OF THE BENTHIC MARINE ALGAE OF THE INDIAN OCEAN. pp. 1259. CA. 1996. * 25.00
1012. Skulberg, O. SYMPOSIUM: EXPERIMENTAL USE OF ALGAL CULTURES IN LIMNOLOGY. pp. 607. illus. Stuttgart. 1978. wrs. 20.00
1013. Smith, A. TAXONOMY OF THELYPTERIS SUBGENUS STEIROPTERIS-INCLUDING GLAPHYROPTERIS (PTERIDOPHYTA). pp. 38. 4 pls. CA. 1980. wrs. * 8.50
1014. Smith, A THE VEILED SPECIES OF HEBELOMA IN THE W U.S. . pp. 219. 14 pls. 1983. * 35.00
1015. Smith, G. CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY. Vol. I. Algae & fungi. pp. 545. 299 figs. McGraw-Hill. 1938. 35.00
1016. Smith, G. CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY. Vol. I. Algae & fungi . Reprints. * 20.00
1017. Smith, G. MARINE ALGAE OF THE MONTEREY PENINSULA CALIFORNIA. pp. 622. 98 pls. CA. 1951. Worn. 25.00
1018. Smith, G. MARINE ALGAE OF THE MONTEREY PENINSULA CALIFORNIA. pp. 752. 98 pls. 2nd ed. 1969. * 25.00
1019. Smith, G. PHYTOPLANKTON OF THE INLAND LAKES OF WISCONSIN. PT. I. pp. 243. 51 pls. WI. 1920. 46.00
1020. Smith, G. THE FRESH-WATER ALGAE OF THE U.S. pp. 719. 559 figs. McGraw. 1950. 2nd ed. 40.00
1021. Snyder, L. FIELD GUIDE TO THE FERNS & OTHER PTERIDOPHYTES OF GEORGIA. pp. 270. Each specie is illustrated. GA. 1986. * 25.00
1022. Spjut, R. NIEBLA & VERMILACINIA (RANALINACEAE) FROM CALIFORNIA & BAJA CALIFORNIA. pp. 208. photos. BRIT. 1996. wrs. * 35.00
1023. Stolze, R. A TAXONOMIC REVISION OF THE GENUS CNEMIDARIA (CYATHEACEAE). pp. 98. illus. Field Museum. 1974. wrs. Authors annotated copy. 20.00
1024. Stolze, R. FERNS & FERN ALLIES OF GUATEMALA. PT. I. pp. 130. illus. Field. 1976. Bound. 35.00
1025. Thieret, J. LOUISIANA FERNS & FERN ALLIES. pp. 123. 75 pls. Lafayette. 1980. wrs. * 25.00
1026. Tiffany, L. THE OEDOGONIACEAE: A MONOGRAPH. pp. 188. 64 pls. Author. 1930. Clean x-lib. 25.00
1027. Tilden, J. THE ALGAE & THEIR LIFE RELATIONS. pp. 550. 257 figs. Hafner. 1968. DJ. 40.00
1028. Tindale, M. PTERIDOPHYTA OF SE AUSTRALIA DAVALLIACEAE - ASPIDIACEAE. pp. 78. 8 pls. Australia. 1961. wrs. 15.00
1029. Tozzetti, G. TRUE NATURE, CAUSES & SAD EFFECTS OF THE RUST, THE BUNT, THE SMUT & OTHER MALADIES FO WHEAT & OF OATS IN THE FIELD. pp. 139. Frontis. Amer. Phys Soc. 1952. 15.00
1030. Trainor, F. INTRODUCTORY PHYCOLOGY. pp. 525. illus. Wiley. 1978. Rubbed. 14.95
1031. Tseng (ed), C. COMMON SEAWEEDS OF CHINA. pp. 316. 149 color pls. Science. 1984. DJ. 75.00
1032. Van Landingham, S. CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSIL AND RECENT GENERA & SPECIES OF DIATOMS & THEIR SYNONYMS. Part I Acanthoceras through Bacillaria. pp. 493. Cramer. 1967. wrs. 48.00
1033. Viola, S. I FUNGHI COME SONO (MUSHROOMS). pp. 252. color photos. Milano. 1963. DJ. Folio. 75.00
1034. Vitt, D. A REVISION OF THE GENUS ORTHOTRICHUM IN N AMERICA, N OF MEXICO. pp. 208. 59 pls. Cramer. 1973. wrs. * 25.00
1035. Weber, N. A FIELD GUIDE TO S MUSHROOMS. pp. 280. 241 color photos. MI. 1985. Boards. * 15.00
1036. Weber & C. Wetmore, W. CATALOGUE OF THE LICHENS OF AUSTRALIA EXCLUSIVE OF TASMANIA. pp. 237. Cramer. 1972. wrs. * 35.00
1037. Whittier, H. MOSSES OF THE SOCIETY ISLANDS. pp. 410. illus. FL. 1976. DJ. * 25.00
1038. Wunderlin & B. Hansen, R. FLORA OF FLORIDA. VOL. I. Pteridophytes & Gymnosperms. pp. 365. illus. Florida. 2000. DJ. 49.00
1039. Wynne, M. THE GENUS COLPOMENIA (PHAEOPHYTA) IN THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA. pp. 18. illus. Smithsonian. 1976. wrs. * 6.00
1040. Zaneveld, J. ICONOGRAPHY OF ANTARCTIC & SUB-ANTARTIC BENTHIC MARINE ALGAE. Pt. I. Chlorophycophyta and Chrysophycophyta. pp. 12. + 67 plates. Cramer. 1969. wrs. * 30.00
1041. Zhishu et al, B. THE MACROFUNGUS OF CHINA‚S GUANGDONG PROVINCE. pp. 734. 113 pls. Chinese University. 1993. 99.00

INVERTEBRATES
1042. Abrahamson & A. Weis, W. EVOLUTIONARY ECOLOGY ACROSS THREE TROPHIC LEVELS GOLDENRODS, GALLMAKERS & NATURAL ENEMIES. pp. 456. illus. Princeton. 1997. DJ. * 20.00
1043. Adams, J. INSECT POTPURRI: ADVENTURES IN ENTOMOLOGY. pp. 335. illus. S Crane. 1992. DJ. 25.00
1044. Agosta, W. BOMBARDIER BEETLES & FEVER TREES. pp. 224. illus. Addison. 1995. wrs. * 13.00
1045. Amsel et al, H. MICROLEPIDOPTERA PALAEARCTICA. VOL. 7. 2 VOLS. pp. 436. 18 color pls. Braun. 1986. Covers Tortricidae - Glyphipterigidae. 149.00
1046. Asher et al, J. THE MILLENNIUM ATLAS OF BUTTERFLIES IN BRITAIN & IRELAND. pp. 433. color photos. Oxford. 2001. In Print @ 40. * 25.00
1047. Atchley et al, W. A BIBLIOGRAPHY & A KEYWORD-IN-CONTEXT INDEX OF THE CERATOPOGONIDAE FROM 1758-1973. pp. 300. TX Tech. 1975. wrs. * 16.00
1048. Atkins, M. INSECTS IN PERSPECTIVE. pp. 513. illus. MacMillan. 1978. DJ. Comp copy stamped on bottom. 15.00
1049. Aubry, M. HANDBOOK OF CENOZOIC CALCAREOUS NANNOPLANKTON: BOOK 4. Heliolithae. pp. 381. Photos. 1990. 3 ring binder. 40.00
1050. Barnes et al, R. THE INVERTEBRATES: A NEW SYNTHESIS. pp. 582. illus. Blackwell. 1988. wrs. In Print @ 42.95. 16.00
1051. Bartlett et al, B. INTRODUCED PARASITES & PREDATORS OF ARTHROPOD PESTS & WEEDS: A WORLD REVIEW. pp. 545. USDA. 1978. 25.00
1052. Bechyne, J. OPEN AIR GUIDES BEETLES. pp. 158. color illus. Thames. 1956. DJ. 12.00
1053. Berner, L. THE MAYFLIES OF FLORIDA. pp. 415. 174 figs. FL. 1988. In Print @ 39.95. * 25.00
1054. Bland, R. HOW TO KNOW THE INSECTS. pp. 409. illus. Brown. 1978. Spiral wrs. 15.00
1055. Blatchley, W. RHYNCHOPHORA OR WEEVILS OF NE AMERICA. pp. 682. illus. Nature. 1916. 99.00
1056. Bolton, B. NEW GENERAL CATALOG OF THE ANTS OF THE WORLD. pp. 504. Harvard. 1995. Folio. 95.00
1057. Borkovec, A. INSECT NEUROCHEMISTRY & NEUROPHYSIOLOGY. pp. 523. illus. Plenum. 1984. 135.00
1058. Borror et al, D. AN INTRO TO THE STUDY OF INSECTS. 6TH ed. pp.875. illus. Saunders. 1989. 25.00
1059. Bosik, J. COMMON NAMES OF INSECTS & RELATED ORGANISMS. 1997. pp. 232. illus. E Soc. 1997. sp wrs. 20.00
1060. Brackenbury, J. INSECTS LIFE CYCLES & THE SEASONS. pp. 192. color photos. Blandford. 1995. Folio. wrs. 15.00
1061. Brown, F. JAMAICA.& ITS BUTTERFLIES. pp. 478. 10 color illus. Classey. 1972. DJ. Boxed. * 35.00
1062. Brown, F. SELECTED INVERTEBRATE TYPES. pp. 597. illus. Wiley. 1950. 22.00
1063. Brusca, R. INVERTEBRATES. pp. 922. illus. SInauer. 1990. 38.00
1064. Buchsbaum, R. ANIMALS WITHOUT BACKBONES AN INTRODUCTION TO INVERRTEBRATES. pp. 405. illus. Chicago. 1948. 25.00
1065. Buetow, D. BIOLOGY OF THE EUGLENA. Vol. II. Biochemistry. pp. 417. illus. 1968. DJ. * 15.00
1066. Burggren, W. BIOLOGY OF THE LAND CRABS. pp. 479. illus. 1988. DJ. * 49.00
1067. Capriulo, G. ECOLOGY OF MARINE PROTOZOA. pp. 366. illus. Chilton. 1964. * 25.00
1068. Chamberlain, W. THE SCOLYTOIDEA OF THE NW. pp. 208, illus. OR. 1958. wrs. 20.00
1069. Chapman, R. THE INSECTS STRUCTURE & FUNCTION. pp. 919. illus. Harvard. 1971. Worn DJ. Ink underlining. 20.00
1070. Chapman & S. Lienk, P. TORTRICID FAUNA OF APPLE. pp. 122. color pls. NV. 1971. 20.00
1071. Cody, J. WINGS OF PARADISE: THE GREAT SATURNIID MOTHS. pp. 163. color paintings. NC. 1996. DJ. Folio. * 36.00
1072. Corbet, P. DRAGONFLIES BEHAVIOR & ECOLOGY OF ODONATA. pp. 829. color photos. Comstock. 1999. In Print @ 115. Lightly bumped and a few rubber stamp marks. Kansas. Overall vg. * 65.00
1073. Cushman, J. AN illus. KEY TO THE GENERA OF FORAMINIFERA. pp. 40. 40 pls. 1933. Scuffed. 18.00
1074. Cutler, E. THE SIPUNCULA: THEIR SYSTEMATICS, BIOLOGY & EVOLUTION. pp. 453. illus. Comstock. 1995. In Print @ 100. 45.00
1075. Dent, D. INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT. pp. 356. illus. Chapman. 1995. 75.00
1076. Dickens, M. THE WORLD OF BUTTERFLIES. pp. 127. 108 color pls. MacMillan. 1972. DJ. 12.50
1077. Doringo & T. Stulzle, M. ANT COLONY OPTIMIZATION. pp. 305. illus. MIT. 2004. 35.00
1078. du Chatenet, G. GUIDE DES COLEOPTERES D‚EUROPE. pp. 479. color pls. Delachaux. 1990. DJ. 45.00
1079. Ehrlich & I. Hanski, P. ON THE WINGS OF CHECKERSPOTS: A MODEL SYSTEM FOR POPULATION BIOLOGY. pp. 371. 12 color pls. Oxford. 2004. DJ. In Print @ 64.50 * 25.00
1080. Elias, S. QUATERNARY INSECTS & THEIR ENVIRONMENTS. pp. 284. illus. Smithsonian. 1994. DJ. * 25.00
1081. Emmel, T. BUTTERFLIES. pp. 246. color photos. Knopf. 1975. Worn DJ. 12.50
1082. Emmel et al, T. FLORISSANT BUTTERFLIES: A GUIDE TO THE FOSSIL & PRESENT-DAY SPECIES OF CENTRAL COLORADO. pp. 118. color photos. Stanford. 1992. wrs. * 16.95
1083. Emmel et al, T. FLORISSANT BUTTERFLIES. Bound. DJ. * 35.00
1084. Erickson, E. SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE ATLAS OF THE HONEY BEE. pp. 292. Photomicrographs. Iowa. 1986. In Print @ 53.95. * 25.00
1085. Essig, E. COLLEGE ENTOMOLOGY. pp. 900. illus. MacMillan. 1942. Lightly stained. 15.00
1086. Essig, E. INJURIOUS & BENEFICIAL INSECTS OF CALIFORNIA. pp. 541. photos. CA. 1894. 15.00
1087. Evans, A. SHORT illus. GUIDE TO THE ANOPHELINES OF TROPICAL & S AFRICA. pp. 79. 12 plates. Hodder. 1927. wrs. 20.00
1088. Evans & K. O'Neill, H. THE NATURAL HISTORY & BEHAVIOR OF N AMERICAN BEEWOLVES. pp. 278. illus. Comstock. 1988. In Print @ 47.50. * 35.00
1089. Evans, H. NATURAL HISTORY & BEHAVIOR OF N A BEEWOLVES. pp. 278. illus. Corn. wrs. * 22.00
1090. Black (ed), D. JEAN HENRI FABRE INSECTS. pp. 108. color illus. Scribner. 1979. DJ. 18.00
1091. Fitzgerald, T. THE TENT CATERPILLARS. pp. 303. illus. Comstock. 1995. DJ. * 16.00
1092. Florkin et al, M. Chemical Zoology. Vol. V. Pt. A. Arthropoda. pp. 460. Academic. 1970. DJ. 35.00
1093. Ford, E. COLLINS NEW NATURALIST SERIES BUTTERFLIES. pp. 352. photos. Bloomsbury. 1990. DJ. 20.00
1094. Fox, R. SHALLOW-WATER MARINE BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATES OF S CAROLINA. pp. 335. illus. SC. 1985. DJ. In Print @ 42.95. * 25.00
1095. Francke & S. Stockwell, O. SCORPIONS FROM COSTA RICA. pp. 64. 130 illus. TX Tech. 1987. DJ. * 30.00
1096. Gagne, R. THE GALL MIDGES OF THE NEOTROPICAL REGION. pp. 352. illus. Cornell. 1994. DJ. * 26.00
1097. Galloway, J. A MANUAL OF FORAMINIFERA. pp. 483. 40 pls. Principia. 1933. Library marks. Kansas. 30.00
1098. Gardiner, M. THE BIOLOGY OF THE INVERTEBRATES. pp. 954. illus. McGraw. 1972. DJ. * 35.00
1099. Gess, S. THE POLLEN WASPS ECOLOGY & NATURAL HISTORY OF THE MASARINAE. pp. 340. illus. Harvard. 1996. DJ. * 25.00
1100. Giese, A. BLEPHARISMA. pp. 366. illus. 1973. DJ. 20.00
1101. Gilbert et al, D. SQUID AS EXPERIMENTAL ANIMAL. pp. 548. illus. Plenum. 1990. In Print @ 85.00. * 39.00
1102. Gillott, C. ENTOMOLOGY. pp. 729. illus. Plenum. 1991. wrs. * 20.00
1103. Gordon, D. ANTS AT WORK. pp. 182. illus. Free Press. 1999. DJ. * 9.98
1104. Gotwald, W. ARMY ANTS THE BIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PREDATION. pp. 302. color photos. 1995. DJ. * 25.00
1105. Gregg, R. THE ANTS OF COLORADO. pp. 792. 24 pls. color foldout map. 1963. DJ. * 60.00
1106. Grosberg, R. INVERTEBRATE HISTORECOGNITION. pp. 192. illus. Plenum. 1988. In Print @ 86.00. * 36.00
1107. Gwynne, D. KATYDIDS & BUSH-CRICKETS REPRODUCTIVE BEHAVIOR & EVOLUTION OF THE TETTIGONIIDAE. pp. 317. illus. Comstock. 2001. DJ. * 22.00
1108. Haarlov, N. MICROARTHROPODS FROM DANISH SOILS. pp. 176. 17 b&w pls. Oikos. 960. wrs. signed. 16.00
1109. Hammen, C. MARINE INVERTEBRATES. pp. 128. illus. RI. 1980. DJ. * 7.50
1110. Hegner & J. Engemann, R. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. pp. 619. illus. Macmillan. 1968. Name inked out on top of book. 9.00
1111. Heinrich, B. THE HOT-BLOODED INSECTS. pp. 601. illus. Harvard. 1993. DJ. * 35.00
1112. Heinrich, B. THE THERMAL WARRIORS. pp. 221. illus. Harvard. DJ. 25.00
1113. Hickin, R. THE BUTTERFLIES OF IRELAND A FIELD GUIDE. pp. 222. 4 color pls. Rinehart. 1992. wrs. 15.00
1114. Higgins & N. Riley, L. A FIELD GUIDE TO THE BUTTERFLIES OF BRITAIN & EUROPE. pp. 380. color illus. Mifflin. 1970. DJ. 16.00
1115. Hill et al, D. INSECTS OF HONG KONG. pp. 503. illus. HK. 1982. Boards. In Print @ 68.50. * 19.00
1116. Hogue, C. INSECTS OF THE LOS ANGELES BASIN. pp. 446. color photos. LA. 1993. DJ. 35.00
1117. Holldobler & E. Wilson, B. JOURNEY TO ANTS: A STORY OF SCIENTIFIC EXPLORATION. pp. 225. color illus. Harvard. 1994. In Print @ 75.00. * 35.00
1118. Holldobler & E. Wilson, B. JOURNEY TO ANTS. wrs. * 15.00
1119. Hopkins & M. Rothschild, G. AN ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE OF THE ROTHSCHILD COLLECTION OF FLEAS IN THE British Museum. Vol. I. Tungidae & Pulicidae. pp. 361. 45 pls. HM. 1953. * 65.00
1120. Hopkins, G. Vol. III. Hystrichopsyllidae. pp. 560. 10 pls. 1962. These are In Print @ 135.00. * 50.00
1121. Hopkins, G. Vol. IV. Hystrichopsyllidae (Ctenophthalminae - Listro). pp. 549. 12 pls. 1966. * 50.00
1122. Hopkins, G. Vol. V. Leptopsyllidae & Ancistropsyllidae. pp. 530. 30 pls, 1971. DJ. 50.00
1123. Hopkins, G. Vol. VI. (Mardon, D.) Pygiopsyllidae. pp. 298. illus. 1981. * 50.00
1124. Howard, L. A HISTORY OF APPLIED ENTOMOLOGY (SOMEWHAT ANECTDOTAL). pp. 564. 51 pls. Smithsonian. 1930. Spine Worn off, easily rebound. 20.00
1125. Howse, P. INSECT PHEROMONES & THEIR USE IN PEST MANAGEMENT. pp. 369. illus. Chap. 1998. wrs. 25.00
1126. Hubbell, T. A MONOGRAPHIC REVOF THE GENUS CEUTHOPHILUS (ORTHOPTERA, GRYLLACRIDAE, RHAPHIDOPHORINAE). pp. 441. 38 pls. FL. 1936. Cornell bookplate & spine number. 99.00
1127. Hull, F. BEE FLIES OF THE WORLD. pp. 687. 1030 figs. Smithsonian. 1973. * 35.00
1128. Hunt, J. NOURISHMENT & EVOLUTION IN INSECT SOCIETIES. pp. 449. Photos. Oxford. 1993. * 35.00
1129. Hutchins, R. INSECTS. pp. 324. photos. Dodd. 1966. torn DJ. 9.00
1130. Jaques, H. HOW TO KNOW THE BEETLES. pp. 372. illus. Brown. 1951. Spiral wrs. 15.00
1131. Jaques, H. HOW TO KNOW THE INSECTS. pp. 205. illus. Brown. 1947. Spiral wrs. 15.00
1132. Jennings, H. BEHAVIOR OF THE LOWER ORGANISMS. pp. 366. illus. IN. 1976. 15.00
1133. John,T. HOW TO KNOW THE PROTOZOA. pp. 234. illus. Brown. 1949. Bound. Card Sleeve On Rear Pastedown.15.00
1134. Journal. LIMNOLOGY & OCEANOGRAPHY 1973 - 1975. wrs. The 3 volumes: 25.00
1135. Kaston , B. HOW TO KNOW THE SPIDERS. pp. 272. illus. Brown. 1972. Spiral wrs. 35.00
1136. Kaston,B.SPIDERS OF CONNECTICUT. pp. 874. b&w pls. Ct. 1948. Bound In Red Buckram. 45.00
1137. Kerkut, G. COMPREHENSIVE INSECT PHYSIOLOGY, BIOCHEMISTRY & PHARMACOLOGY. Pergamon Press. 1985. In Print @ 335. Vol. 6. Biochemistry. 49.00
1138. Kim, S. AUSTRALIAN LAUXANIID FLIES. pp. 445. illus. CSIRO. 1994. Corner lightly bumped. 75.00
1139. Kim, K. SUCKING LICE OF N AMERICA. pp. 256. illus. PA. 1987. * 20.00
1140. Kitching & J. Cadiou, I. HAWKMOTHS OF THE WORLD AN ANNOTATED & ILLUSTRATED CHECKLIST (LEPIDOPTERA:SPINGIDAE). pp. 226. 8 color pls. NHM. DJ. In Print @ 105. * 35.00
1141. Klausnitzer, B. BEETLES. pp. 214. color photos & illus. Exeter. 1981. DJ. 60.00
1142. Kozloff, E. SEASHORE LIFE OF THE N PACIFIC COAST. pp. 370. color illus. WA. 1983. wrs. 20.00
1143. Krombein & P. Hurd, K. CATALOGUE OF HYMENOPTERA IN AMERICA.N OF MEXICO. 3 VOLS. pp. 2725. Smithsonian. 1979. 250.00
1144. Lacey,L. MANUAL OF TECHNIQUES IN INSECT PATHOLOGY. pp. 409. illus. Academic. 1997. Spiral wrs. 99.00
1145. Lalli & R. Gilmer, C. PELAGIC SNAILS THE BIOLOGY OF HOLOPLANKTONIC GASTROPOD MOLLUSKansas. pp. 259. color photos. Stanford. 1989. DJ. * 35.00
1146. Lankester, E. A TREATISE ON ZOOLOGY. PT. I. Intro & Protozoa. pp. 551. illus. Adam. 1903. 20.00
1147. Leonhardt & M. Beroza, B. INSECT PHEROMONE TECHNOLOGY: CHEMISTRY & APPLICATIONS. pp. 260. illus. ACS. 1982. Chipped DJ. 35.00
1148. Leverton, R. ENJOYING MOTHS. pp. 276. color illus. Poyser. 2001. DJ. 45.00
1149. Liebherr, J. ZOOGEOGRAPHY OF CARIBBEAN INSECTS. pp. 285. illus. Comstock. 1988. DJ. 20.00
1150. Linsley, E. THE CERAMBYCIDAE OF N AMERICA. PT. VIII: BIBLIOGRAPHY, INDEX & HOST PLANT INDEX. pp. 534. CA. 1997. wrs. 40.00
1151. Little, V. GENERAL & APPLIED ENTOMOLOGY. pp. 527. illus. Harper. 1972. 12.50
1152. Lutz, F. A LOT OF INSECTS: ENTOMOLOGY IN A SUBURBAN GARDEN. pp. 304 illus. Putnam. 1941.DJ. 25.00
1153. Mallis, A. AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGISTS. pp. 349. portraits. Rutgers. 1971. DJ. 35.00
1154. Meglitsch, P. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. pp. 834. illus. Oxford. 1972. DJ. 18.50
1155. Mill (ed), P. STRUCTURE & FUNCTION OF PROPRIOCEPTORS IN THE INVERTEBRATES. pp. 686. illus. Chapman. 1976. DJ.* 35.00
1156. Miller, J. BIOLOGY & CONTROL OF THE W PINE BEETLE. pp. 381. illus. USDA. 1960. Bound. 16.00
1157. Miller, W. GUIDE TO THE OLETHREUTINE MOTHS OF MIDLAND N AMERICA.(TORTRICIDAE). pp. 104. illus. USDA. 1987. wrs. 26.00
1158. Munson, J. SPERMATOGENESIS OF THE BUTTERFLY, PAPILIO RUTULUS. pp. 81. 17 pls. Boston Society of Natural History. 1906. Chipped wrs. 15.00
1159. Nachtigall, W. INSECTS IN FLIGHT: A GLIMPSE BEHIND THE SCENES IN BIOPHYSICAL RESEARCH. pp. 150. illus. McGraw. 1974. DJ. 18.00
1160. New, T. INVERTEBRATE SURVEYS FOR CONSERVATION. pp. 240. illus. Oxford. 1998. * 35.00
1161. Nijhout, H. INSECT HORMONES. pp. 267. illus. Princeton. 1994. DJ. 15.00
1162. Novak, V. INSECT HORMONES. pp. 600. 73 figs. Halstead. 1975. 2nd ed. DJ. * 25.00
1163. O‚Toole, C. ALIEN EMPIRE AN EXPLORATION OF THE LIVES OF INSECTS. pp. 224.photos. 1995. DJ. * 16.00
1164. Oldroyd, H. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF FLIES. pp. 324. illus. Norton. 1964. wrs. 15.00
1165. Oster, G. CASTE & ECOLOGY IN THE SOCIAL INSECTS. pp. 352. illus. Princeton. 1978. 20.00
1166. Pearson & A. Vogler, D. TIGER BEETLES: THE EVOLUTION. ECOLOGY. & DIVERSITY OF THE CICINDELIDS. pp. 333. color photos. Comstock. 2001. DJ. In Print @ 43.95. * 25.00
1167. Pedigo, L .ENTOMOLOGY & PEST MANAGEMENT. pp. 646. illus. MacMillan. 1982. 22.00
1168. Pennak, R. FRESH-WATER INVERTEBRATES OF THE U.S. pp. 769. illus. Ronald. 1953. Hinge Cracked & Check Out Holder Removed. 16.00
1169. Pennak, R. FRESH-WATER INVERTEBRATES OF THE U.S. pp. 803. illus. Wiley. 1978. DJ. 2nd ed. 40.00
1170. Pennak, R. FRESH-WATER INVERTEBRATES OF THE U.S. pp. 769. illus. Ronald. 1953. Tender hinge. 35.00
1171. Penny, N. INSECTS OF AN AMAZON FOREST. pp. 269. illus. Columbia. 1982. DJ. In Print @ 65.00. 50.00
1172. Pietsch (ed), T. FISHES, CRAYFISHES & CRABS: LOUIS RENARD‚S NATURAL HISTORY OF THE RAREST CURIOSITIES OF THE SEAS OF THE INDIES. 2 VOLS. pp. 438. 241 color illus. Hopkins. 1995. 75.00
1173. Pietsch (ed), T. FISHES, CRAYFISHES & CRABS. I have two sets without slipcase. * 65.00
1174. Perlmutter, A. GUIDE TO MARINE FISHES. pp. 431. illus. Ny. 1961. Rubbed DJ. 12.00
1175. Pimental, D. CRC HANDBOOK OF PEST MANAGEMENT IN AGRICULTURE. VOL. 3. pp. 749. illus. CRC. 1990. 2nd Ed. 20.00
1176. Poinar Jr, G. LIFE IN AMBER. pp. 350. color photos. Stanford. 1992. DJ. In Print @ 75.00. * 35.00
1177. Pottinger & E. Leroux, R. BIOLOGY & DYNAMICS OF LITHOCLLETIS BLANCARDELLA (LEPIDOPTERA, GRACILARIIDAE) ON APPLE IN QUEBEC. pp. 437. illus. Canada. 1971. wrs. 15.00
1178. Preston-Mafham, R. BUTTERFLIES OF THE WORLD. pp. 192. color photos. FOF. 1988. DJ. * 15.00
1179. Preston-Mafham, R. GRASSHOPPERS & MANTIDS OF THE WORLD. pp. 192. color photos. 1990. DJ. * 16.00
1180. Raabe, M. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN INSECT NEUROHORMONES. pp. 503. illus. Plenum. 1989. 25.00
1181. Ramsay, J. PHYSIOLOGICAL APPROACH TO THE LOWER ANIMALS. pp. 148. illus. Cambridge. 1952. 15.00
1182. Ricketts & J. Calvin, E. BETWEEN PACIFIC TIDES. pp. 516. illus. Stanford. 1966. DJ. 3rd edition. These copies all have Stanford Library marks!! * 20.00
1183. Ross, H. A TEXTBOOK OF ENTOMOLOGY. pp. 665. illus. Wiley. 1982. 4th edition. 12.50
1184. Rosswall, T. MODERN METHODS IN THE STUDY OF MICROBIAL ECOLOGY. pp. 506. Ills. 1972. wrs. 16.00
1185. Rowland-Entwistle, T. THE WORLD YOU NEVER SEE INSECT LIFE. pp. 128. color photos. McNally. 1976. DJ. 16.00
1186. Russel, S. AN OBSESSION WITH BUTTERFLIES: OUR LONG LOVE AFFAIR WITH A SINGULAR INSECT. pp. 258. illus. Perseus. 2003. DJ. * 9.99
1187. Russwurm, A. ABERRATIONS OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. pp. 151. 40 color pls. Classey. 1978. DJ. 45.00
1188. Salmon, M. THE AURELIAN LEGACY: BRITISH BUTTERFLIES & THEIR COLLECTORS. pp. 432. color pls. CA. 2000. * 20.00
1189. Schmid-Hempel, P. PARASITES IN SOCIAL INSECTS. pp. 409. illus. Princeton. 1998. DJ. * 25.00
1190. Schwartz, A. BUTTERFLIES OF HISPANIOLA. pp. 580. Photos. FL. 1989. In Print @ 41.95. * 25.00
1191. Scott, J. THE BUTTERFLIES OF AMERICA. pp. 583. color pls. Stanford. 1986. No DJ. 30.00
1192. Scott, J. THE BUTTERFLIES OF AMERICA. wrs. * 25.00
1193. Smart, P. THE ILLUSTRATED ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE BUTTERFLY WORLD IN color.pp. 273. 200 species life size color. Leisure. 1985. DJ. 20.00
1194. Smith (ed), C. INSECT COLONIZATION & MASS PRODUCTION. pp. 618. illus. Academic. 1966. 15.00
1195. Smyth, J. PHYSIOLOGY OF TREMATODES. pp. 466. Cambridge. 1983. DJ. * 35.00
1196. Soar, C. THE BRITISH HYDRACARINA. Vol. III. pp. 184. 18 pls. Ray. 1929. * 25.00
1197. South, R. MOTHS OF THE BRITISH ISLES. 2 Vols. pp. 759. color pls. Warne. 1939. Faded spines. 45.00
1198. Stehr, F. A REVISION OF THE GENUS MALACOSOMA HUBNER IN N AMERICA. pp. 321. 399 figs. some color. USNM. 1968. wrs. 15.00
1199. Stehr, F. IMMATURE INSECTS. Vol. I. pp. 754. illus. Kendall. 1987. 75.00
1200. Steinhaus, E. INSECT MICROBIOLOGY. pp. 763. illus.Hafner. 1967. DJ. * 26.00
1201. Stone (ed), A. A CATALOG OF THE DIPTERA OF AMERICA.N OF MEXICO. pp. 1696. Smithsonian. 1983. * 26.00
1202. Strong, D. INSECTS ON PLANTS COMMUNITY PATTERNS & MECHANISMS. pp. 313. Harvard. 1984. wrs. 15.00
1203. Taber, S. THE WORLD OF THE HARVESTER ANT. pp. 213. illus. TX A&M. 1998. DJ. * 15.00
1204. Tanada & H. Kaya, Y. INSECT PATHOLOGY. pp. 665. illus. Academic. 1993. 99.00
1205. Theodor, O. FAUNA PALESTINA INSECTA I DIPTERA PUPIPARA. pp. 168. 345 figs. Israel. 1975. * 30.00
1206. Tolman, T. PHOTOGRAPHIC GUIDE TO THE BUTTERFLIES OF BRITAIN & EUROPE. pp. 305. color photos. Oxford. 2001. In Print @ 60. * 25.00
1207. Tonnancour, J. INSECTS REVEALED: MONSTERS OR MARVELS. pp. 160. color photos. Cornell. 2002. DJ. * 18.50
1208. Treat, A. MITES OF MOTHS & BUTTERFLIES. pp. 362. illus. Comstock. 1975. DJ. * 40.00
1209. Turner, R. SURVEY & illus. CATALOGUE OF THE TEREDINIDAE. pp. 265. 64 pls. MCZ. 1966. 25.00
1210. Tuttle, D. SPIDER MITES OF THE SW US. & A REV OF THE TETRANYCHIDAE. pp. 143. AZ. 1968. * 9.75
1211. USDA. INSECTS: THE YEARBOOK OF AGRICULTURE. pp. 780. 72 color pls. 1952. 15.00
1212. Varley, C. INSECT POPULATION ECOLOGY AN ANALYTICAL APPROACH. pp. 212. CA. 1973. wrs. 12.50
1213. Von Frisch, K. THE DANCE LANGUAGE & ORIENTATION OF BEES. pp. 566. illus. Harvard. 1993. wrs. 25.00
1214. Waldbauer, G. WHAT GOOD ARE BUGS? pp. 366. illus. Harvard. 2003. DJ. 19.99
1215. Ward, P. IN SEARCH OF NAUTILUS. pp. 238. illus. NYAS. 1988. DJ. 12.50
1216. Wells, S. THE IUCN INVERTEBRATE RED DATA BOOK. pp. 632. UN. 1983. DJ. * 16.00
1217. West, L. THE HOUSEFLY. pp. 584. illus. Comstock. 1951. 15.00
1218. Wheeler, W. FOIBLES OF INSECTS & MEN. pp. 217. illus. Knopf. 1928. 35.00
1219. Williams, J. A FIELD GUIDE TO THE BUTTERFLIES OF AFRICA. pp. 238. color pls. Mifflin. 1971. DJ. 22.00
1220. Williams, M. MORPHOLOGY & SYS OF THE COCCIDAE OF VIRGINIA. pp. 213. illus. 1972. wrs. 12.50
1221. Wilson, E. THE INSECT SOCIETIES. pp. 548. illus. Harvard. 1972. Wraps. * 16.00
1222. Winston, M. KILLER BEES. pp. 162. illus. Harvard. 1992. wrs. * 7.95
1223. Winston, M. THE BIOLOGY OF THE HONEYBEE. pp. 281. illus. Harvard. 1987. wrs. * 15.00
1224. Wolken, J. INVERT PHOTORECEPTORS A COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS. pp. 179. illus. 1971. DJ. 18.00
1225. Yepsen, R. ENCY OF NATURAL INSECT & DISEASE CONTROL. pp. 490. color illus. Rodale. 1984. 12.50
1226. Young, A. POPULATION BIOLOGY OF TROPICAL INSECTS. pp. 511. illus. Plenum. 1982. DJ. * 45.00
1227. Zahradnik, J. THE ILLUSTRATED BOOK OF INSECTS. pp. 312. color illus. Chartwell. 1991. folio. DJ. 25.00

VERTEBRATES
1228. Adams, C. GUIDE TO THE STUDY OF ANIMAL ECOLOGY. pp. 183. MacMillan. 1913. Nick in side of front cover. Bookplate of Robert Yerkes. 25.00
1229. Alexander, R. DYNAMICS OF DINOSAURS & OTHER EXTINCT GIANTS. pp. 164. illus. Col. 1989. wrs. * 12.95
1230. Alexander, R. THE CHORDATES. pp. 510. illus. Cambridge. 1981. DJ. 35.00
1231. Allen, G. EXTINCT & VANISHING MAMMALS OF THE W HEMISPHERE WITH THE MARINE SPECIES OF ALL THE OCEANS. pp. 620. illus. Cooper. 1972. In Print @ 77.50. 45.00
1232. Altmann, J. BABOON MOTHERS & INFANTS. pp. 242. Photos. 1980. wrs. * 12.50
1233. Anderson, R. METHODS OF COLLECTING & PRESERVING VERTEBRATE ANIMALS. pp. 162. illus. Canada. 1948. wrs. 15.00
1234. Andrews, J. THE SOUTHERN ARK: ZOOLOGICAL DISCOVERY IN NEW ZEALAND 1769-1900. pp. 237. color illus. Hawaii. 1988. DJ. 35.00
1235. Ashton, R. ENDANGERED & THREATENED AMPHIBIANS & REPTILES IN THE U.S. pp. 65. SAR. wrs. 8.50
1236. Auffenberg, W. THE BENGAL MONITOR. pp. 560. illus. FL. 1994. * 65.00
1237. Baer et al, J. AOTUS: THE OWL MONKEY. pp. 380. illus. Academic. 1994. In Print @ 90.00. 49.00
1238. Bartlett, R. IN SEARCH OF REPTILES & AMPHIBIANS. pp. 363. 40 color pls. NY. 1988. wrs. * 20.00
1239. Beebe, W. A FIELD BOOK OF THE SHORE FISHES OF BERMUDA. pp. 337. illus. Putnam. 1933. Hinges tender. * 28.00
1240. Benton, M. ON THE TRAIL OF DINOSAURS. pp. 144. color illus. Crescent. 1989. DJ. 16.00
1241. Bernor et al, R. THE EVOLUTION OF THE W EURASIAN NEOGENE MAMMAL FAUNAS. pp. 488. illus. Columbia. 1996. DJ. IP @ 178.00. * 49.00
1242. Bigelow & W. Schroeder, H. FISHES OF THE GULF OF MAINE. pp. 577. 285 figs. USDI. 1953. Worn bindings. * 35.00
1243. Bishop, S. HANDBOOK OF SALAMANDERS. pp. 555. illus. Comstock. 1994. wrs. * 30.00
1244. Bleier, R. THE HYPOTHALAMUS OF THE RHESUS MONKEY: A CYTOARCHITECTONIC ATLAS. pp. 121. 55 pls. WI. 1984. Folio. * 36.00
1245. Borgens, R. ELECTRIC FIELDS IN VERTEBRATE REPAIR. pp. 320. 1989. In Print @ 69.00. * 35.00
1246. Bourliere, F. NATURAL HISTORY OF MAMMALS. pp. 387. illus. Knopf. 1964. Worn DJ. 18.00
1247. Breder, C. FIELD BOOK OF MARINE FISHES OF THE ATLANTIC COAST. pp. 332. illus. Put. 1948.* 22.00
1248. Brown, M. THE PHYSIOLOGY OF FISHES. 2 vols. pp. 973. illus. Academic. 1957. * 35.00
1249. Bubenik, G. HORNS, PRONGHORNS & ANTLERS. pp. 563. illustrated. Springer-Verlag. 1990. In Print @ 185.00. Issued without DJ. 99.00
1250. Budker, P. THE LIFE OF SHARKansas. pp. 222. illus. Columbia. 1971. 12.50
1251. Bulletin of the American Mus of Nat History. 8 parts from the 40's - 70's. wrs. The lot: 25.00
1252. Burkett, R. NATURAL HISTORY OF COTTONMOUTH MOCCASIN AGKISTRODON PISCIVORUS. pp. 56. Kansas. 1966 wrs. 18.00
1253. Burgess et al, W. DR. BURGESS‚S ATLAS OF MARINE AQUARIUM FISHES. pp. 736. 563 color pls. 1988. 35.00
1254. Caire et al, W. MAMMALS OF OKLAHOMA. pp. 567. illus. OK. 1989. DJ. * 8.50
1255. Caldwell, D. MARINE & FRESHWATER FISHES OF JAMAICA. pp. 120. JamaiCA. 1966. wrs. 15.00
1256. Carr, A. SO EXCELLENT A FISH: A NATURAL HISTORY OF SEA TURTLES. pp. 248. photos. AMNH. 1967. * 18.00
1257. Cazaly, W. THE COMMON SNAKES OF INDIA & BURMA & HOW TO RECOGNIZE THEM. pp. 60. 11 figs. IBD. 1984. wrs. 15.00
1258. Chadwick, D. THE FATE OF THE ELEPHANT. pp. 492. Sierra. 1992. DJ. 12.00
1259. China Forestry Pub House. WILDLIFE OF CHINA. pp. 132. color photos. N/d. Folio. 25.00
1260. Churchill, S. AUSTRALIAN BATS. pp. 230. color photos. Reed. 1998. wrs. * 18.00
1261. Clarke, P. SABI SABI: THE STORY OF A S AFRICAN GAME PRESERVE. pp. 96. color photos. Sabi. DJ. 15.00
1262. Clemens & W. Craig, H. AN ANALYSIS OF CALIFORNIA‚S ALBACORE FISHERY. pp. 301. CA. 1965. wrs. 15.00
1263. Clemens, W. FISHES OF THE PACIFIC COAST OF CANADA. pp. 368. illus. Ottawa. 1946. wrs. 20.00
1264. Coffey, D. DOLPHINS, WHALES & PORPOISES AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SEA MAMMALS. pp. 223. b&w illus. MacMillan. 1977. DJ. 12.50
1265. Colagrande, J. IN THE PRESENCE OF DINOSAURS. pp. 189. color paintings. Time-Life. 2000. DJ. folio. 12.00
1266. Colbert, E. EVOLUTION OF THE VERTEBRATES: A HISTORY OF THE BACKBONED ANIMALS THROUGH TIME. pp. 477. illus. Wiley. 1955. 35.00
1267. Colbert, E. THE AGE OF REPTILES. pp. 228. illus. Norton. 1965. chipped DJ. 16.00
1268. Colbert, E. THE LITTLE DINOSAURS OF GHOST RANCH. pp. 250. color illus. Columbia. 1995. DJ. * 25.00
1269. Cope, E. THE BATRACHIA OF N AMERICA. pp. 525. illus. Lundberg reprint. 1963. 35.00
1270. Corbet, G. THE MAMMALS OF THE PALAEARTIC REGION: A TAXONOMIC REVIEW. pp. 224. color & b&w pls. Cornell. 1978. DJ. 35.00
1271. Cothran et al, E. MAMMALS OF THE SAVANNAH RIVER SITE. pp. 191. SRE. 1991. wrs. * 12.50
1272. Dance, S. CLASSIC NATURAL HISTORY PRINTS: MAMMALS OR FISHES. pp. 128. color pls. Arch. 1990. DJ. large folio. 35.00
1273. Darlington, P. ZOOGEOGRAPHY: THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMALS. pp. 675. illus. Harvard. 1965. 40.00
1274. Darwin, C. THE ORIGIN OF SPECIES & THE DESCENT OF MAN. pp. 1000. illus. Modern Lib. n/d. DJ. Highlighting & hinge cracked. 15.00
1275. Darwin, C. THE VOYAGE OF THE H.M.S. BEAGLE. pp. 489. illus. Heritage Press. 1957. 35.00
1276. Davis, S. THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF ANIMALS. pp. 224. Photos & illus. Yale. 1987. Title pages removed. * 5.00
1277. Delarosa, C. A GUIDE TO THE CARNIVORES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. pp. 244. illus. TX. 2000. DJ. 26.00
1278. D'entreves & M. Zunino, P. THE SECRET LIFE OF INSECTS. pp. 384. color illus. Chartweil. 1976. DJ. 22.00
1279. DeWaal, F. PEACEMAKING AMONG PRIMATES. pp. 294. Photos. Harvard. 1990. wrs. * 9.99
1280. Dewey, D. BEARS: A PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEY. pp. 120. color photos & illus. Head. 1991. DJ. Folio. * 12.50
1281. Ditmars, R. SNAKES OF THE WORLD. pp. 207. 84 b&w pls. MacMillan. 1942. Worn DJ. 35.00
1282. Ditmars, R. THE REPTILE BOOK. pp. 472. 8 color pls. 400 illus. Doubleday. 1907. Nice copy. 30.00
1283. Dodson, P. THE HORNED DINOSAURS. pp. 346. b&w & color illus. Princeton. 1996. DJ. In Print @ 55.00. * 35.00
1284. Domico, T. KANGAROOS: THE MARVELOUS MOB. pp. 202. color photos. Facts. 1993. DJ. Folio. 25.00
1285. Donovan, G. SPERM WHALES: SPECIAL ISSUE. pp. 275. illus. Cambridge. 1980. 15.00
1286. Drimmer, F. THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 3 Vols. pp. 2062. color illus. Greystone. 1953. Hinge cracked. The set: 25.00
1287. Duellman, W. NEOTROPICAL HYLID FROGS, GENUS SMILISCA. pp. 92. illus. Kansas. 1966. wrs. 20.00
1288. Duellman, W. REV OF THE MIDDLE AMERICAN TREE FROGS OF THE GENUS PTYCHOHYLA. pp. 52. illus. Kansas. 1963. wrs. 12.50
1289. Duellman, W. SYSTEMATIC STUDY OF THE LIZARDS OF THE DEPPEI GROUP IN MEXICO & GUATEMALA. pp. 80. illus. MI. 1960. wrs. 20.00
1290. Eastman, J. ANTARCTIC FISH BIOLOGY: EVOLUTION IN A UNIQUE ENVIRONMENT. pp. 322. illus. Academic. 1993. In Print @ 83.50. 50.00
1291. Echternacht, A. MIDDLE AMERICAN LIZARDS OF THE GENUS AMEIVA WITH EMPHASIS ON GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION. pp. 86. illus. Kansas. 1971. wrs. 20.00
1292. Edgecombe (ed), G. ARTHROPOD FOSSILS & PHYLOGENY. pp. 347. illus. Columbia. 1998. DJ. * 25.00
1293. Edwards, H. CROCODILE ATTACK. pp. 240. Photos. Harper. 1989. DJ. 20.00
1294. Eigenmann, C. THE AMERICAN CHARACIDAE. pp. 100. b&w pls. MCZ. 1918, 1921, 1927. wrs. Front wrap gone on 1927, others vg. Each 35.00
1295. Eisenberg, J. MAMMALS OF THE NEOTROPICS: THE N NEOTROPICS VOL. I. pp. 449. 21 pls. mostly color. Chicago. 1988. wrs. 40.00
1296. Elkan, E. color ATLAS OF THE DISEASES OF FISHES, AMPHIBIANS & REPTILES. pp. 256. color photos. TFH. 1974. 15.00
1297. Ellis, R. MEN & WHALES. pp. 542. Photos. Knopf. 1991. DJ. Folio. * 15.00
1298. Ernst et al, C. TURTLES OF THE U.S. pp. 578. color illus. Smithsonian. 1994. DJ. * 49.00
1299. Estes & G. Pregill, R. PHYLOGENETIC RELATIONSHIPS OF THE LIZARD FAMILIES: ESSAYS COMMEMORATING CHARLES L. CAMP. pp. 631. illus. Stanford. 1988. Worn DJ. 75.00
1300. Evans, H. MEN IN THE TROPICS. pp. 380. illus. Hodge. 1949. DJ. 25.00
1301. Everhart et al, W. PRINCIPLES OF FISHERY SCIENCE. pp. 288. illus. Cornell. 1988. DJ. 16.00
1302. Evers, D. A GUIDE TO MICHIGAN‚S ENDANGERED WILDLIFE. pp. 103. color photos. MI. 1992. wrs. 10.00
1303. Feder & W. Burggren, M. ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY OF THE AMPHIBIANS. pp. 656. illus. Chicago. 1992. In Print @ 135.00. * 99.00
1304. Findley, J. BATS: A COMMUNITY PERSPECTIVE. pp. 167. Photos. Cambridge. 1993. Worn dj's. * 35.00
1305. Finley, B. DEVELOPMENT OF THE VERTEBRATE RETINA. pp. 287. illus. Plenum. 1989. 20.00
1306. Fisher, J. WILDLIFE IN DANGER. pp. 368. color pls. Viking. 1969. DJ. 15.00
1307. Fitzsimons, V. FIELD GUIDE TO THE SNAKES OF S AFRICA. pp. 221. 56 color illus. Collins. 1970. DJ. 35.00
1308. Flannery, T. MAMMALS OF NEW GUINEA. pp. 568. color photos. Cornell. 1995. DJ. 75.00
1309. Flannery, T. MAMMALS OF THE SW PACIFIC & MOLUCCAN ISLANDS. pp. 464. color photos. Cornell. 1995. DJ. 75.00
1310. Fowler, H. FISHES OF THE RED SEA & S ARABIA. Vol. I. pp. 240. illus. Weizmann. 1956. 50.00
1311. Fox, D. ANIMAL BIOCHROMES & STRUCTURAL COLOURS. pp. 433. CA. 1976. In Print @ 60.00. DJ. * 25.00
1312. Fox, M. THE WHISTLING HUNTERS: FIELD STUDIES OF THE ASIATIC WILD DOG (CUON ALPINUS). pp. 150. photos. NY. 1984. Pub. @ 64.00. * 15.00
1313. Freeman, R. THE WORKS OF CHARLES DARWIN AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY HANDLIST. pp. 235. Dawson. 1977. 2nd edition. 65.00
1314. Frith, H. KANGAROOS. pp. 209. 24 pls. 3 color. Humanities. 1969. DJ. * 25.00
1315. Gentry, R. FUR SEALS: MATERNAL STRATEGIES ON LAND & SEA. pp. 291. illus. Princeton. wrs. 12.50
1316. Gibbons, W. THEIR BLOOD RUNS COLD. pp. 164. Photos. Alabama. 1983. wrs. 25.00
1317. Gilbert, C. RARE & ENDANGERED BIOTA OF FLORIDA. Vol. II. Fishes. pp. 247. illus. FL. 1992. * 39.00
1318. Gillette, D. SEISMOSAURUS: THE EARTH SHAKER. pp. 205. color illus. Columbia. 1994. No dj‚s. * 25.00
1319. Goulding, M. FLOODS OF FORTUNE: ECOLOGY & ECONOMY ALONG THE AMAZON. pp. 193. color photos. Columbia. 1996. DJ. * 25.00
1320. Gozmany, L. 7 LANGUAGE THESAURUS OF EUROPEAN ANIMALS. 2 Vols. pp. 2186. Chapman. 1990. DJ. In Print @ 475.00. 99.00
1321. Greene, H. SNAKES: THE EVOLUTIONARY MYSTERY IN NATURE. pp. 351. color. CA. 1997. DJ. 40.00
1322. Hadek, R. MAMMALIAN FERTILIZATION AN ATLAS OF ULTRASTRUCTURE. pp. 295. illus. Academic. 1969. DJ. 15.00
1323. Harris, J. FEEDING & NUTRITION OF NONHUMAN PRIMATES. pp. 310. illus. Academic. 1970. DJ. * 18.00
1324. Haverstock, M. AN AMERICAN BESTIARY. pp. 248. color paintings. 1979. DJ. 25.00
1325. Hazard, E. THE MAMMALS OF MINNESOTA. pp. 280. illus. MN. 1982. * 25.00
1326. Henshaw, S. SOME CHINESE VERTEBRATES. pp. 135. 6 color pls. MCZ. 1912. Loose wrs. 55.00
1327. Heyer, W. SYSTEMATICS OF THE FUSCUS GROUP OF THE FROG GENUS LEPTODACTYLUS. pp. 85. wrs. 20.00
1328. Hildebrand & W. Schroeder, S. FISHES OF CHESAPEAKE BAY PT. I. pp. 366. 211 figs. Bureau of Fisheries. 1928. I have two copies with spotted covers @ 19 and a better copy. 25.00
1329. Hoffmeister & C. Mohr, D. FIELDBOOK OF ILLINOIS MAMMALS. pp. 233. photos. IL. 1957. 15.00
1330. Holbrook, J. N AMERICAN HERPETOLOGY. pp. 678. b&w & color illus. SSAR. 1976. Covers bowed. 50.00
1331. Holloway, R. PRIMATE AGGRESSION, TERRITORIALITY & XENOPHOBIA. pp. 513. Academic. 1974. DJ. 20.00
1332. Holman, J. PLEISTOCENE AMPHIBIANS & REPTILES IN BRITAIN & EUROPE. pp. 254. illus. Oxford. 1988. 65.00
1333. Holman, J. PLEISTOCENE AMPHIBIANS & REPTILES IN N AMERICA. pp. 243. Maps & illus. Oxford. 1995. In Print @ 87.50. * 50.00
1334. Houston, D. THE N YELLOWSTONE ELK. pp. 474. photos. MacMillan. 1982. DJ. In Print @ 48.00. 35.00
1335. Hrdlicka et al, A. EARLY MAN IN S AMERICA. pp. 405. 68 pls. Smithsonian. 1912. 35.00
1336. Hrdy, S. THE LANGURS OF ABU. pp. 361. color photos. Harvard. 1980. wrs. * 12.50
1337. Hubbs, C. THE SMALL-MOUTHED BASS. pp. 92. photos. Cranbrook. 1938. wrs. 16.00
1338. Hunn, E. TZELTAL FOLK ZOOLOGY: THE CLASSFICATION OF DISCONTINUITES IN NATURE. pp. 368. Photos. Academic. 1977. Pub @ 72.00. * 25.00
1339. Hutchinson, G. THE BIOGEOCHEMISTRY OF VERTEBRATE EXCRETION. pp. 554. 16 pls. AMNH. 1950. Front wrap gone. 16.00
1340. Inger, R. SYSTEMATICS & ZOOGEOGRAPHY OF THE AMPHIBIA OF BORNEO. pp. 402. illus. Field Museum. 1966. 35.00
1341. Ingles, L. MAMMALS OF THE PACIFIC STATES. pp. 506. Photos & illus. Stanford. 1965. DJ. 22.50
1342. Innes, W. GOLDFISH VARIETIES & WATER GARDENS. pp. 384. color illus. Author. 1949. 2nd Ed. Beautiful Gold Inlay Cover 25.00
1343. Ivy, B. WILDERNESS CANADA. pp. 144. 140 color illus. Mitchell. 1986. DJ. 12.50
1344. Jackson, H. A TAXONOMIC REVIEW OF THE AMERICAN LONG-TAILED SHREWS. pp. 238. frontis. North American Fauna No. 51. 1928. wrs. 20.00
1345. Jenkins & R. Bartell, R. A FIELD GUIDE TO REPTILES OF THE AUSTRALIAN HIGH COUNTRY. pp. 278. color photos. Inkata. 1980. DJ. 35.00
1346. Jespersen, P. INDO-PACIFIC LEPTOCEPHALIDS OF THE GENUS ANGUILLA. pp. 127. 83 figs & 4 plates. Copenhagen. 1942. wrs. 26.00
1347. Jones, J. GUIDE TO MAMMALS OF THE PLAINS STATES. pp. 371. Photos. NE. 1985. wrs. * 20.00
1348. Jones Jr., J. A VOL HONORING PROFESSOR E. RAYMOND HALL. pp. 428. illus. Kansas. 1969. wrs. * 15.00
1349. Jones Jr., J. SELECTED READINGS IN MAMMALOGY. pp. 640. illus. Kansas. 1976. wrs. * 15.00
1350. Jordan, D. AMERICAN FOOD & GAME FISHES. pp. 573. color pls. Doubleday. 1902. Tender hinge. * 25.00
1351. Jordan et al, D. CHECKLIST OF THE FISHES & FISHLIKE VERTEBRATES OF N & MIDDLE AMERICA.N OF THE BOUNDARY OF VENEZUELA & COLOMBIA. pp. 670. USDC. 1930. Broken binding. 18.00
1352. Jordan, D. GENERA OF FISHES & A CLASSIFICATION OF FISHES. pp. 800. illus. Stanford. 1963. * 65.00
1353. Jordan, D. THE GENERA OF FISHES. Pt. III. pp. 291. Stanford. 1919. X-Lib. 25.00
1354. Jordan, D. THE GENERA OF FISHES. pp. 284. Stanford. 1917. X-Lib. 25.00
1355. Journal. SOUTHWESTERN NATURALIST. Vols 11 - 35. Missing 13 pts. 4 & 26 pts. 3 & 4. Orig wrs. Postage at cost. 175.00
1356. Kaufman, W. COMING OUT OF THE WOODS: THE SOLITARY LIFE OF A MAVERICK NATURALIST. pp. 336. Perseus. 2000. DJ. 20.00
1357. Kingdon, J. E AFRICAN MAMMALS AN ATLAS OF EVOLUTION IN AFRICA. VOL. IIB. Hares & rodents. pp. 361. color illus. Academic. 1974. DJ. In Print @ 129.00. 65.00
1358. Kingdon, J. E AFRICAN MAMMALS: AN ATLAS OF EVOLUTION IN AFRICA. VOL. II. PART A. Insectivores & Bats. pp. 341. illus. Academic. 1974. DJ. 65.00
1359. Klauber, L. RATTLESNAKES. pp. 350. illus. CA. 1982. wrs. Abridged edition. * 20.00
1360. Kuiter, R. COASTAL FISHES OF SE AUSTRALIA. pp. 437. color photos. HI. 1993. DJ. 29.00
1361. Laerm, J. FISHES OF THE OKEFENOKEE SWAMP. pp. 128. illus. 1986. wrs. * 6.50
1362. Lagler et al, K. ICHTHYOLOGY THE STUDY OF FISHES. pp. 541. illus. Wiley. 1962. DJ. 25.00
1363. Leakey, R. ORIGINS. pp. 264. color illus. Dutton. 1971. DJ. 12.50
1364. Leon, J. SYSTEMATICS OF THE FROGS OF THE HYLA RUBRA GROUP IN MIDDLE AMERICA. pp. 40. illus. Kansas. 1969. wrs. 15.00
1365. Logier, E. FROGS, TOADS & SALAMANDERS OF E CANADA. pp. 127. illus. Clarke. 1952. DJ. 30.00
1366. Long, J. THE RISE OF FISHES. pp. 223. color photos. Hopkins. 1995. wrs. * 25.00
1367. Lunney & D. Ayers (eds.), D. HERPETOLOGY IN AUSTRALIA A DIVERSE DISCIPLINE. pp. 414. illus. Royal Zoological Soc. 1993. bound. 65.00
1368. Lythgoe, J. FISHES OF THE SEA: THE COASTAL WATERS OF THE BRITISH ISLES, N EUROPE & THE MEDITERRANEAN. pp. 320. color photos. Anchor. 1975. DJ. 18.00
1369. Lythgoe, J. FISHES OF THE SEA: THE N ATL & MEDITERRANEAN. pp. 256. color illus. 1992. DJ. 12.00
1370. MacClintock, D. A LOOK AT ANIMALS IN AFRICA. pp. 158. illus. Scribner. 1984. DJ. 20.00
1371. MacCulloch, R. THE ROM FIELD GUIDE TO AMPHIBIANS & REPTILES OF ONTARIO. pp. 167. color photos. ROM. 2002. wrs. 16.00
1372. Maisey, J. DISCOVERING FOSSIL FISHES. pp. 223. color illus. Holt. 1996. DJ. 35.00
1373. Mao, S. TURTLES OF TAIWAN. pp. 128. color illus. Taipei. 1971. 40.00
1374. Mares, M. GUIDE TO THE MAMMALS OF SALTA PROVINCE, ARGENTINA. pp. 320. illus. OK. 1990. DJ. * 15.00
1375. Matthiessen, P. WILDLIFE IN AMERICA. pp. 304. illus. Viking. 1959. DJ. 20.00
1376. Mattison, C. LIZARDS OF THE WORLD. pp. 190. photos. Facts. 1989. DJ. 1st few pgs lightly crimped. 9.00
1377. Mayr et al, E. METHODS & PRINCIPLES OF SYSTEMATIC ZOOLOGY. pp. 336. illus. McGraw. 1953. A few marks in text. 20.00
1378. McClung, R. VANISHING WILDLIFE OF LATIN AMERICA. pp. 160. illus. Morrow. 1981. DJ. 12.50
1379. Mech, L. THE WOLF. pp. 384. Photos. MN. 1992. wrs. * 16.95
1380. Mech, L. THE WOLF. pp. 384. Photos. AMNH. 1970. 20.00
1381. Mech, L. WOLVES: BEHAVIOR, ECOLOGY & CONSERVATION. pp. 448. color illus. Chicago. 2003. 26.00
1382. Menon, A. FAUNA OF INDIA COBITOIDEA: HOMALOPTERIDAE. pp. 259. 16 pls. India.. 1987. DJ. 25.00
1383. Mina, M. MICROEVOLUTION OF FISHES. pp. 215. illus. Amerind. 1991. DJ. 25.00
1384. Minton, S. GIANT REPTILES. pp. 345. illus. Author. 1973. DJ. 25.00
1385. Minton, S. GIANT REPTILES. pp. 345. illus. Author. 1973. wrs. 15.00
1386. Minton, S. VENOMOUS REPTILES. pp. 274. illus. Scribner. 1981. wrs. 16.00
1387. Mirtschin & R. Davis, P. DANGEROUS SNAKES OF AUSTRALIA. pp. 208. color photos. 1992. wrs. * 15.00
1388. Moler, P. RARE & ENDANGERED BIOTA OF FLORIDA. Vol. III. Amphibians & Reptiles. pp. 291. Photos. FL. 1992. * 45.00
1389. Moojen, J. SPECIATION IN THE BRAZILIAN SPINY RATS. pp. 100. illus. Kansas. 1948. wrs. * 9.00
1390. Mount, R. REPTILES & AMPHIBIANS OF ALABAMA. pp. 345. illus. AL. 1975. wrs. * 25.00
1391. Mount, R. REPTILES & AMPHIBIANS OF ALABAMA. pp. 345. illus. AL. 1995. wrs. * 12.50
1392. Moyle, P. FISH: AN ENTHUSIAST‚S GUIDE. pp. 272. color paintings. CA. 1993. DJ. * 25.00
1393. Muller-Schwarze, D. CHEMICAL SIGNALS IN VERTEBRATES. pp. 608. illus. Plenu. 1977. DJ. 25.00
1394. Murie, J. BIOLOGY OF GROUND-DWELLING SQUIRRELS: ANNUAL CYCLES, BEHAVIORAL ECOLOGY, & SOCIALITY. pp. 459. Few illus. NE. 1984. * 15.00
1395. Murphy, R. LAROUSSE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ANIMAL LIFE. pp. 640. color photos. Mcgraw. 1967. 16.00
1396. Muus & P. Dahlstrom, B. COLLINS GUIDE TO THE SEA FISHES OF BRITAIN & NW EUROPE. pp. 244. color illus. Collins. 1974. 16.00
1397. Napier, J. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF PRIMATES. pp. 200. color photos. MIT. 1994. wrs. * 15.00
1398. Nicholas (ed), G. HOLOCENE HUMAN ECOLOGY IN NE N AMERICA. pp. 319. illus. Plenum. 1988. 25.00
1399. Nikolsky, G. THE ECOLOGY OF FISHES. pp. 352. illus. Academic. 1963. DJ. 30.00
1400. Norman, D. THE illus. ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DINOSAURS. pp. 400. color illus. Salamander. 2000. DJ. 25.00
1401. Norman, J. A HISTORY OF FISHES. pp. 467. illus. Ernest. 1963. DJ. 12.50
1402. Norman, J. A HISTORY OF FISHES. pp. 467. illus. Ernest. 1975. wrs. 8.50
1403. Nowak, R. WALKER‚S BATS OF THE WORLD. pp. 287. b&w photos. Hopkins. 1994. wrs. * 20.00
1404. Nowell & P. Jackson, K. STATUS SURVEY & CONSERVATION ACTION PLAN: WILD CATS. pp. 382. color photos. IUCN. 1996. wrs. 20.00
1405. Ordish, G. THE LIVING AMERICAN HOUSE: THE 350 YEAR STORY OF A HOME AN ECOLOGICAL HISTORY. pp. 320. illus. Morrow. 1981. 12.50
1406. Ostrom & J. McIntosh, J. MARSH'S DINOSAURS: THE COLLECTIONS FROM COMO BLUFF. pp. 388. illus. Yale. 1999. DJ. 60.00
1407. Owen, R. PHYLOGENETIC ANALYSES OF THE BAT FAMILY STENODERMATINAE. pp. 65. TT. 1990. DJ. * 15.00
1408. Palmer, T. LANDSCAPE WITH REPTILE. pp. 340. Ticknor. 1992. DJ. * 15.00
1409. Patterson, R. REPTILES OF S AFRICA. pp. 128. color photos. Struik. 1987 * 35.00
1410. Pearson, O. THE DIVERSITY & ABUNDANCE OF VERTEBRATES ALONG AN ALTITUDINAL GRADIENT IN PERU. pp. 97. Photos. CA. 1978. wrs. 35.00
1411. Perry, R. THE WORLD OF THE POLAR BEAR. pp. 195. b&w photos. Taplinger. 1966. DJ. 16.00
1412. Peterson, R. THE MAMMALS OF E CANADA. pp. 465. 233 illus. 107 maps. Oxford. 1966. Rebound. 25.00
1413. Phelps, T. POISONOUS SNAKES. pp. 237. color photos. Blandford. 1981. DJ. 16.00
1414. Phillips, C. SYSTEMATICS OF MEGACHIROPTERAN BATS IN THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. pp. 58. illus. Kansas. 1968. wrs. * 7.50
1415. Phillips, P. THE GREAT RIDLEY RESCUE (TURTLES). pp. 180. illus. Mt. 1989. wrs. In Print @ 20.00. * 8.50
1416. Pianka, E. THE LIZARD MAN SPEAKansas. pp. 179. color photos. TX. 1994. DJ. * 25.00
1417. Pickford, G. PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PITUITARY GLAND OF FISHES. pp. 613. illus. NYZS. 1957. 30.00
1418. Poignant, A. THE IMPROBABLE KANGAROO & OTHER AUSTRALIAN ANIMALS. pp. 198. 200 photos. Angus.1965. Chipped DJ. 15.00
1419. Polikarpov, G. RADIOECOLOGY OF AQUATIC ORGANISMS. pp. 314. illus. Reinhold. 1966. 25.00
1420. Pope, C. AMPHIBIANS & REPTILES OF THE CHICAGO REGION. pp. 275. illus. Chicago. 1964. wrs. 15.00
1421. Pope, C. THE GIANT SNAKES. pp. 289. illus. Knopf. 1969. 25.00
1422. Pratt, H. A COURSE IN VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. pp. 341. Ginn. 1925. 12.00
1423. Pratt, H. MANUAL OF LAND & FRESH WATER VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE U.S.(EXCLUSIVE OF BIRDS). pp. 416. 184 figs. Blakiston. 1935. 2nd ed. 15.00
1424. Quiatt, D. PRIMATE BEHAVIOR. pp. 322. Cambridge. 1993. 45.00
1425. Qumsiyh, M. BATS OF EGYPT. pp. 102. illus. TX Tech. 1990. DJ. 25.00
1426. Rainger, R. AN AGENDA FOR ANTIQUITY. pp. 360. illus. AL. 1991. DJ. * 16.00
1427. Reichenbach-Klinke, H. DISEASES OF AMPHIBIANS. pp. 376. TFH. 1965. wrs. 15.00
1428. Reichenbach-Klinke, H. DISEASES OF REPTILES. pp. 215. illus. TFH. 1965. Bound. 20.00
1429. Ricciuti, E. WILDLIFE OF THE MOUNTAINS. pp. 232. color pls. Abrams. 1979. DJ. 15.00
1430. Rich, T. NEW N AMERICAN ERINACEINE HEDGEHOGS. pp. 54. illus. Kansas. 1973. wrs. * 5.00
1431. Richardson, M. FASCINATION OF REPTILES. pp. 240. color pls. Hill. 1972. DJ. 25.00
1432. Ride, W. GUIDE TO THE NATIVE MAMMALS OF AUSTRALIA. pp. 249. illus. Oxford. 1980. DJ. 20.00
1433. Rivers, I. FISHES & FISHERIES OF NEVADA. pp. 782. 258 figs. NV. 1994. In Print @ 49.95. * 25.00
1434. Robinson & E. Bolen, W. WILDLIFE ECOLOGY & MANAGEMENT. pp. 574. illus. MacMillan. 1989. 16.00
1435. Rodda et al, H. PROBLEM SNAKE MANAGEMENT THE HABU & THE BROWN TREESNAKE. pp. 534. illus. Cornell. 1999. 40.00
1436. Roedelberger, F. WILDLIFE OF THE S SEAS. pp. 216. 250 photos. Constable. 1967. DJ. 25.00
1437. Roedelberger, F. WONDERS OF WILDIFE IN EUROPE. pp. 232. color photos. Viking. 1961. DJ. 12.50
1438. Roughgarden, J. ANOLIS LIZARDS OF THE CARIBBEAN. pp. 200. 2 color pls. Oxford. 1995. wrs. * 15.00
1439. Rudloe, J. TIME OF THE TURTLE. pp. 273. illus. Knopf. 1979. DJ. 12.50
1440. Rudwick, M. THE MEANING OF FOSSILS EPISODES IN THE HISTORY OF PALAEONTOLOGY. pp. 287. illus. MacDonald. 1972. DJ. 25.00
1441. Sanderson, I. LIVING MAMMALS OF THE WORLD IN color. pp. 160. Photos. Hanover. 1958. 12.00
1442. Savage & J. Villa, J. INTRO TO THE HERPETOLOGY OF COSTA RICA. pp. 207. illus. SSAR. 1986. * 25.00
1443. Schaller, G. THE DEER & THE TIGER. pp. 370. photos. Chicago. 1967. DJ. 16.00
1444. Scheffer, V. PELAGE & SURFACE TOPOGRAPHY OF THE N FUR SEAL. pp. 206. illus. NA Fauna 64. 1962. 16.00
1445. Schmidt, J. BIG GAME OF N AMERICA.ECOLOGY & MANAGEMENT. pp. 494. Photos. Stackpole. 1978. DJ. 16.00
1446. Schmidt, K. CHECKLIST OF N AMERICAN AMPHIBIANS & REPTILES. pp. 280. ASIH. 1953. 25.00
1447. Schmidt & G. Noble, K. CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE HERPETOLOGY OF THE BELGIAN CONGO. pp. 972. illus. SSAR reprint. 1998. DJ. * 25.00
1448. Schultz et al, L. FISHES OF THE MARSHALL & MARIANAS ISLANDS. VOL. I. Families from Asymmetrontidae through Siganidae. pp.685. 74 pls. Smithsonian. 1953. wrs. 35.00
1449. Schwartz, C .THE WILD MAMMALS OF MISSOURI. pp. 356. illus. MO. 1981. DJ. 35.00
1450. Scott, W. A CHECKLIST OF CANADIAN ATL FISHES WITH KEYS FOR IDENTIFICATION. pp. 106. wrs. 12.00
1451. Schultz et al, L. FISHES OF THE MARSHALL & MARIANAS ISLANDS. VOL. I. Families from Asymmetrontidae through Siganidae. pp.685. 74 pls. Smithsonian. 1953. wrs. 35.00
1452. Sealander & G. Heidt, J. ARKANSAS MAMMALS: THEIR NATURAL HISTORY, CLASSIFICATION, & DISTRIBUTION. pp. 308. color photos. AR. 1990. DJ. In Print @ 55.00. 35.00
1453. Sebeok, T. SPEAKING OF APES A CRITICAL ANTHOLOGY OF TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION WITH MAN. pp. 480. illus. Plenum. 1980. DJ. In Print @ 78.00. 38.00
1454. Seton, E. WILD ANIMALS I HAVE KNOWN. pp. 218. illus. Looking Glass .n/d. 15.00
1455. Shannon, F. THE REPTILES & AMPHIBIANS OF KOREA. pp. 49. illus. Herp offprint. 1956. Self wrs. * 7.50
1456. Shaw & S. Campbell, C. SNAKES OF THE AMERICAN WEST. pp. 330. color photos. Knopf. 1974. 35.00
1457. Shine, R. AUSTRALIAN SNAKES: A NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 223. color photos. Cornell. 1991. wrs. * 25.00
1458. Smith, H. HANDBOOK OF AMPHIBIANS & REPTILES OF KANSAS. pp. 356. photos. Kansas. 1956. wrs. 2nd ed. 35.00
1459. Smith, H. HANDBOOK OF LIZARDS. Cornell. 1995. wrs. * 25.00
1460. Smith & D. Chiszar, H. SPECIES-GROUP TAXA OF THE FALSE CORAL SNAKE GENUS PLIOCERCUS. pp. 112. illus. Ramus. 1996. wrs. * 10.00
1461. Smith, J. SYSTEMATICS OF THE CHIROPTERAN FAMILY MORMOOPIDAE. pp. 13. illus. Kansas. 1972. wrs. * 12.50
1462. Snowden, C. PRIMATE COMMUNICATION. pp. 444. Photos. 1982. DJ. * 49.00
1463. Stafford, P. PYTHONS & BOAS. pp. 190. 110 color photos. TFH. 1986. 20.00
1464. Stebbins & N. Cohen, R. NATURAL HISTORY OF AMPHIBIANS. pp. 316. illus. Princeton. 1995. wrs. * 20.00
1465. Steele, R. CROCODILES. pp. 198. color photos & illus. Helm. 1989. DJ. * 20.00
1466. Steene, R. BUTTERFLY & ANGELFISHES OF THE WORLD. Australia. pp. 144. color. Wiley. 1978. DJ. * 35.00
1467. Stein, D. SOCIOBIOLOGY OF INFANT & ADULT MALE BABOONS. pp. 229. illus. Ablex. 1984. * 49.00
1468. Stone & W. Cram, W. AMERICAN ANIMALS. pp. 318. color pls. Doubleday. 1903. 25.00
1469. Strahan (ed), R. THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM COMPLETE BOOK OF AUSTRALIAN MAMMALS. pp. 530. color illus. Angus. 1983. DJ. Folio. 35.00
1470. Struhsaker, T. THE RED COLUBUS MONKEY. pp. 311. illus. Chicago. 1975. DJ. 16.00
1471. Stuart, L. A BRIEF REV OF THE GUATEMALAN LIZARDS OF THE GENUS ANOLIS. pp. 31.1955. wrs. 10.00
1472. Stuart, L. A CHECKLIST OF THE HERPETOFAUNA OF GUATEMALA. pp. 150. map. MI. 1963. wrs. 18.00
1473. Stuart, L. STUDIES OF NEOTROPICAL COLUBRINAE. REV OF DRYADOPHIS. pp. 106. MI. 1939. wrs. 20.00
1474. Sutherland & J. Tibballs, S. AUSTRALIAN ANIMAL TOXINS: THE CREATURES, THEIR TOXINS & CARE OF THE POISONED PATIENT. pp. 856. color photos. Oxford. 2001. * 45.00
1475. Sweeney, C. NATURALIST IN THE SUDAN. pp. 240. illus. Taplinger. 1974. DJ. taped on. 12.50
1476. Sweet, W. THE CONODONTA MORPHOLOGY, TAXONOMY, PALAECOLOGY & EVOLUTIONARY HISTORY OF A LONG-EXTINCT PHYLUM. pp. 212. illus. Oxford. 1988. 55.00
1477. Swindler, D. COMPARATIVE PRIMATE BIOLOGY. Vol. I. Systematics, evolution & anatomy. pp. 820. illus. Liss. 1986. In Print @ 190.00. 99.00
1478. Szczerbak & M. Golubev, N. GECKO FAUNA OF THE USSR & CONTIGUOUS REGIONS. pp. 233. color photos. SSAR. 1996. DJ. * 25.00
1479. Tattersall, I. PRIMATES OF MADAGASCAR. pp. 382. illus. 1982. DJ. * 60.00
1480. Taylor, E. A BRIEF REV OF CEYLONESE SNAKES. pp. 84. illus. Kansas. 1950. wrs. 15.00
1481. Taylor, E. EDWARD H. TAYLOR: RECOLLECTIONS OF AN HERPETOLOGIST. pp. 159. illus. Kansas. 1975. wrs. * 16.00
1482. Taylor, E. PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT OF THE HERPETOLOGY OF THE STATE OF SAN LUIS POTOSI, MEXICO. Parts I - V. Some staining. wrs. 15.00
1483. Taylor, J. SYSTEMATICS OF NATIVE AUSTRALIAN RATTUS. pp. 130. 1973 wrs. 15.00
1484. Taylor, W. FISHES OF ARNHEM LAND. pp. 307. 68 pls. Reprint. 1964. wrs. 18.00
1485. Townsend, C. RECORDS OF CHANGES IN color AMONG FISHES. pp. 58. color pls. NYZS. 1929. 25.00
1486. Trutnau, L. NONVENOMOUS SNAKES. pp. 191. color illus. Barron. 1986. DJ. 20.00
1487. Tyler, M. AUSTRALIAN FROGS: A NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 192. color illus. Cornell. 1994. wrs. * 25.00
1488. Tyning (ed), T. STATUS & CONSERVATION OF TURTLES OF THE NE U.S. A SYMPOSIUM. pp. pp. 53. illus. MA. Audubon. 1997. wrs. * 8.50
1489. Uricheck, M. 15TH INTERNATIONAL HERPETOLOGICAL SYMPOSIUM ON CAPTIVE PROPAGATION & HUSBANDRY. pp. 184. SAR. 1991. wrs. * 20.00
1490. Unwin, D. THE PTEROSAURS FROM DEEP TIME. pp. 347. color illus. Pi. 2006. Dj 35.00
1491. U.S. Navy. POISONOUS SNAKES OF THE WORLD. pp. 168. color photos. 1962. wrs. Binder. 20.00
1492. VanTienhoven, A. REPRODUCTIVE PHYSIOLOGY OF VERTEBRATES. pp. 247. illus. Comstock. 1983. 17.50
1493. Vaughan, T. MAMMALOGY. pp. 463. illus. Saunders. 1972. corner bumped. 15.00
1494. Villa et al, J. MIDDLE AMERICAN HERPETOLOGY: A BIBLIOGRAPHIC CHECKLIST. pp. 131. 91 color photos. MO. 1988. DJ. 30.00
1495. Vogel, Z. REPTILE LIFE. pp. 80. 146 illus. Spring. n/d. DJ. 25.00
1496. Walford, L. MARINE GAME FISHES OF THE PACIFIC COAST FROM ALASKA TO THE EQUATOR. pp. 206. color & b&w photos & illus. Smithsonian. 1974. * 12.50
1497. Walker et al, E. MAMMALS OF THE WORLD. 2 Vols. pp. 1500. illus. Hopkins. 1964. 36.00
1498. Wallace, J. THE RISE & FALL OF THE DINOSAUR. pp. 144. color illus. Gallery. 1987. DJ. 15.00
1499. Wassersug, R. INTERNAL ORAL FEATURES OF LARVAE FROM EIGHT ANURAN FAMILIES. pp. 148. illus. Kansas. 1980. wrs. 15.00
1500. Webb & J. Jones, O. AN ANNOTATED CHECKLIST OF NEBRASKA BATS. pp. 10. Kansas. 1952. wrs. * 3.75
1501. Weishampel et al, D. THE DINOSAURIA. pp. 733. illus. CA. 1990. wrs. * 35.00
1502. Weldon, K. THE KANGAROO. pp. 263. color photos. Geo. 1985. 35.00
1503. Whitaker, J. KEYS TO THE VERTEBRATES OF THE E U.S. maps. Burgess. 1968. Spiral wrs. 15.00
1504. Whitaker & W. Hamilton, J. MAMMALS OF THE E U.S. pp. 583. illus. Comstock. 1998. * 18.00
1505. Whitaker, R. COMMON INDIAN SNAKES A FIELD GUIDE. pp. 154. photos. MacMillan. 1978. wrs. 20.00
1506. Wildlife Monographs. 14 ISSUES FROM 1965-74. All wrs. The lot: 30.00
1507. Williams, D. MAMMALIAN SPECIES OF SPECIAL CONCERN IN CALIFORNIA. pp. 112. CA. 1986. wrs. 15.00
1508. Williamson, G. SNAKES, LIZARDS, TURTLES, FROGS & SALAMANDERS OF NEW MEXICO. pp. 175. color photos. Sunstone. wrs. 18.00
1509. Wilson, L. HERPETOFAUNA OF THE ISLAS DE LA BAHIA, HONDURAS. pp. 59. illus. FL. 1973. wrs. 10.00
1510. Wilson, L. REV OF THE COLUBRID SNAKES OF THE GENUS TANTILLA OF CENTRAL AMERICA. pp. 77. illus. Milwaukee. 1982. wrs. 10.00
1511. Wood, C. AN INTRODUCTION TO THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. pp. 643. Martino reprint. Ltd to 250 copies. * 85.00
1512. Wrangham et al, R. CHIMPANZEE CULTURES. pp. 424. Photos & illus. Chicago. 1994. DJ. * 35.00
1513. Wright, A. HANDBOOK OF FROGS & TOADS. pp. 640. illus. Cornell. 1995. wrs. 35.00
1514. Yapp, W. VERTEBRATES: THEIR STRUCTURE & LIFE. pp. 525. Oxford. 1965. DJ. 25.00
1515. Yonge, C. BRITISH MARINE LIFE. pp. 47. color pls. Collins. 1944. DJ. 20.00
1516. Young, J. LIFE OF MAMMALS. pp. 820. illus. Oxford. 1957. DJ. 35.00
1517. Young, J. LIFE OF VERTEBRATES. pp. 820. illus. Oxford. 1962. DJ. 16.00
1518. Zeiller, W. TROPICAL MARINE FISHES OF S FLORIDA & THE BAHAMA ISLANDS. pp. 125. 288 color photos. Barnes. 1975. DJ. 25.00
1519. Zielinski & T. Kucera, W. AMERICAN MARTEN, FISHER, LYNX & WOLVERINE: SURVEY METHODS FOR THEIR DETECTION. pp. 163. color illus. USDA. 1996. wrs. 18.00

ORNITHOLOGY
1520. Adams, A. JOHN JAMES AUDUBON. pp. 510. illus. Putnam. 1966. DJ. 9.00
1521. Alden, P. FINDING BIRDS AROUND THE WORLD. pp. 683. Maps & illus. Mifflin. 1981. DJ. * 4.50
1522. Alerstam, T. BIRD MIGRATION. pp. 420. illus. Cambridge. 1993. wrs. * 7.50
1523. Ali & S. Ripley, S. HANDBOOK OF THE BIRDS OF INDIA & PAKISTAN. Vol. 6. pp. 247. color pls. Oxford. 1966. 2nd edition. DJ. 26.00
1524. Ali & S. Ripley, S. HANDBOOK OF THE BIRDS OF INDIA & PAKISTAN. Vol. 7. pp. 236. color pls. DJ. 26.00
1525. Ali & S. Ripley, S. HANDBOOK OF THE BIRDS OF INDIA & PAKISTAN. Vol. 8. pp. 281. color pls. DJ. 26.00
1526. Ali & S. Ripley, S. HANDBOOK OF THE BIRDS OF INDIA & PAKISTAN. Vol. 9. pp. 305. color pls. DJ. 26.00
1527. Allen, A. THE BOOK OF BIRD LIFE. pp. 396. color illus. Nostrand. 1961. Torn DJ. 7.50
1528. Allen, R. THE WHOOPING CRANE. pp. 246. illus. NAS. 1952. Worn wrs. 35.00
1529. Altman & B. Swift, A. CHECKLIST OF THE BIRDS OF S AMERICA. pp. 82. Author. 1989. wrs. 2nd ed. 16.00
1530. Anker, J. BIRD BOOKS & BIRD ART. pp. 251. illus. EM. 1990. Martino reprint of 1938 ed. 125.00
1531. Armstrong, R. GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF ALASKA. pp. 309. color illus. AK NW. 1980. wrs. 7.50
1532. Audubon, J. THE BIRDS OF AMERICA. pp. 435. 435 color pls. MacMillan. 1944. Slight musty smell. 15.00
1533. Austin & A. Singer, O. BIRDS OF THE WORLD. pp. 316. color pls. Golden. 1951. Folio. 26.00
1534. Bagg & S. Eliot Jr, A. BIRDS OF THE CONNECTICUT VALLEY IN MASSACHUSETTS. pp. 813. color frontis. Hampshire. 1937. A beautiful copy. 150.00
1535. Bagg & S. Eliot Jr, A. BIRDS OF THE CONNECTICUT VALLEY IN MASSACHUSETTS. pp. 813. color frontis. Hampshire. 1937. Covers a little darkened. Nice copy. 135.00
1536. Bailey & R. Niedrach, A. BIRDS OF COLORADO. 2 vols. pp. 895. 124 color plates. Denver Museum. 1965. dj‚s are chipped and taped, books are in fine condition. * 99.00
1537. Baker, K. WARBLERS OF EUROPE, ASIA & NORTH AFRICA. pp. 360. illus. Helm. 1997. DJ. * 40.00
1538. Ball, A. AMERICAN LAND BIRDS. pp. 295. 47 color pls by Horsfall. Tudor. 1936. Worn DJ. 18.00
1539. Bannerman, D. THE BIRDS OF W & EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 2 Vols. pp. 1526. 30 color pls. Oliver. 1953. No djs. A few light spots on the covers. 99.00
1540. Bannerman, D. THE BIRDS OF W & EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 2 Vols. pp. 1526. 30 color pls. Oliver. Djs. 125.00
1541. Barnard et al, C. GULLS & PLOVERS: THE ECOLOGY & BEHAVIOR OF MIXED-SPECIES FEEDING GROUPS. pp. 302. illus. Columbia. 1985. DJ. 25.00
1542. Barrow Jr., M. A PASSION FOR BIRDS: AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGY AFTER AUDUBON. pp. 326. illus. Princeton. 1998. DJ. In Print @ 80.00. * 45.00
1543. Bateman, R. ROBERT BATEMAN BIRDS. pp. 176. color pls. Pantheon. 2002. DJ. 35.00
1544. Bates & E. Lowther, R. BREEDING BIRDS OF KASHMIR. pp. 367. 151 color pls. Oxford. 1991. DJ. * 17.50
1545. Becker, J. NEOGENE AVIAN LOCALITIES OF N AMERICA. pp. 171. 1987. wrs. * 6.50
1546. Bellrose, F. DUCKS, GEESE & SWANS OF N AMERICA. pp. 543. 36 color pls. Stackpole. 1976. Worn DJ. 6.50
1547. Bent, A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN BLACKBIRDS, ORIOLES, TANAGERS & ALLIES. pp. 547. Photos. Smithsonian. 1958. wrs. 20.00
1548. Bent, A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN CARDINALS, GROSBEAKS, BUNTINGS, TOWHEES, FINCHES, SPARROWS & ALLIES. 3 vols. pp. 1889. 78 pls. Smithsonian. 1968. wrs. Name on wr. 75.00
1549. Bent, A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN GALLINACEOUS BIRDS. pp. 490. photos. Smithsonian. 1932. wrs. Signed in a shaky hand ! 75.00
1550. Bent. A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN GULLS & TERNS. pp. 345. color pls. of eggs. Smithsonian. 1921. Bound. Spine number. 11.00
1551. Bent, A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN MARSH BIRDS. pp. 490. photos. Smithsonian. 1926. wrs. Nice copy. 35.00
1552. Bent, A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN NUTHATCHES, WRENS, THRASHERS & THEIR ALLIES. pp. 475. illus. Smithsonian. 1948. wrs. Unopened. 25.00
1553. Bent. A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN PETRELS, PELICANS & THEIR ALLIES. pp. 343. 69 pls. Smithsonian. 1922. Bound. Top of spine starting to crack. 17.50
1554. Bent, A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN SHORE BIRDS. 2 Vols. pp. 701. photos. Smithsonian. 1929. Rear wrap detached on Part 1. The pair: 35.00
1555. Bent, A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN THRUSHES, KINGLETS & THEIR ALLIES. pp. 454. illus. Smithsonian. 1949. wrs. * 12.50
1556. Bent, A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN WAGTAILS, SHRIKES, VIREOS AND THEIR ALLIES. pp. 411. photos. Smithsonian. 1950. wrs. 20.00
1557. Bent, A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN WOODPECKERS DELUXE EDITION. pp. 262. color paintings by William Zimmerman. Indiana. 1992. DJ. 25.00
1558. Bent, A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN WOOD WARBLERS. pp. 734. photos. Smithsonian. 1953. wrs. 35.00
1559. Bent, A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN WOODPECKERS. pp. 334. photos. Smithsonian. 1939. wrs. 25.00
1560. Bent. A. LIFE HISTORIES OF N AMERICAN WOOD WARBLERS. Dover Publications, INC. 1963. wrs. 10.00
1561. Bergerud, A. ADAPTIVE STRATEGIES & POPULATION ECOLOGY OF N GROUSE. Vol. I. Population Studies. pp. 419. illus. MN. 1988. wrs. * 4.50
1562. Bildstein, K. WHITE IBIS WETLAND WANDERER. pp. 242. illus. Smithsonian. 1993. DJ. 11.00
1563. Blachly & R. Jenks, L. NAMING THE BIRDS AT A GLANCE. pp. 331. illus. Knopf. 1965. 12.50
1564. Blaugrund et al, A. JOHN JAMES AUDUBON THE WATERcolorS FOR THE BIRDS OF AMERICA. pp. 382. color pls. Villard. 1993. 55.00
1565. Bodsworth, F. LAST OF THE CURLEWS. pp. 171. illus. Counterpoint. 1995. DJ. 13.00
1566. Bolen & D. Flores, E. THE MISSISSIPPI KITE. pp. 115. photos. Tx. 1993. DJ. 10.00
1567. Brandt, H. ALASKA BIRD TRAILS. pp. 464. color pls. Bird Res Ctr. 1943. A few small chips in DJ. 135.00
1568. Brandt, H. TEXAS BIRD ADVENTURES. pp. 192. illus. Author. 1940. Signed presentation copy. 99.00
1569. Brasher, R. BIRDS & TREES OF N AMERICA. 4 vols. pp. 512. 875 full page color plates by the author. Rowan. 1962. No djs. The set: 175.00
1570. Brewer, R. THE ATLAS OF THE BREEDING BIRDS OF MICHIGAN. pp. 594. illus. MI. 1991. DJ. * 17.50
1571. Brooke, M. Cambridge ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ORNITHOLOGY. pp. 362. illus. Some color. Cambridge. Lightly bumped. In Print @ 54.95. * 17.50
1572. Brown, L. AFRICAN BIRDS OF PREY. pp. 320. Photos. Mifflin. 1971. DJ. 12.50
1573. Brush, A. PERSPECTIVES IN ORNITHOLOGY: ESSAYS PRESENTED FOR THE CENTENNIAL OF THE AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGIST‚S UNION. pp. 560. Cambridge. 1984. DJ. In Print @ 54.95. * 25.00
1574. Buckelew & G. Hall, A. THE W VIRGINIA BREEDING BIRD ATLAS. pp. 215. illus. Pitt. 1994. * 15.00
1575. Burger, J. THE BLACK SKIMMER. pp. 355. illus. Columbia. 1990. DJ. * 12.50
1576. Burger, J. SEABIRDS & OTHER MARINE VERTEBRATES. pp. 340. illus. DJ. * 10.00
1577. Burleigh, T. BIRDS OF IDAHO. pp. 467. illus. Caxton. 1972. DJ. 26.00
1578. Burleigh, T. GEORGIA BIRDS. pp. 746. illus. By George Miksch Sutton. OK. 1958. * 99.00
1579. Burt, W. SHADOWBIRDS: A QUEST FOR RAILS. pp. 172. color photos. Lyons. 1994. DJ. * 10.00
1580. Burton, J. OWLS OF THE WORLD: THEIR EVOLUTION, STRUCTURE & ECOLOGY. pp. 216. 90 color photos. Dutton. 1973. DJ. 17.50
1581. Byers et al, C. SPARROWS & BUNTINGS. pp. 334. 39 color pls. Mifflin. 1995. DJ. 12.50
1582. Byrkjedal & D. Thompson, I. TUNDRA PLOVERS. pp. 422. illus. Poyser. 1998. DJ. 22.00
1583. Cable, T. BIRDS OF CIMMARON NATIONAL GRASSLAND. pp. 108. photos. USDA. 1996. wrs. * 12.00
1584. Chantler, P. SWIFTS: A GUIDE TO THE SWIFTS & TREESWIFTS OF THE WORLD. pp. 272. 24 color pls. Yale. 1995. DJ. 35.00
1585. Chatterjee, S. THE RISE OF BIRDS. pp. 337. John Hopkins. 1997. DJ. 17.50
1586. Cheke, E. SUNBIRDS. pp. 380. illus. Helm. 2001. DJ. 40.00
1587. Christie‚s. HIGHLY IMPORTANT NATURAL HISTORY BOOKS & AUTOGRAPHS INCLUDING AUDUBON‚S BIRDS OF AMERICA. pp. 115. color pls. 1977. 26.00
1588. Cleere, N. NIGHTJARS. pp. 320. illus. PICA. 1998. DJ. * 40.00
1589. Clements, J. BIRDS OF THE WORLD: A CHECKLIST. pp. 532. Two Cont. 1978. Worn DJ. 7.50
1590. Collar & S. Stuart, N. THREATENED BIRDS OF AFRICA.& RELATED ISLANDS. PT. I. pp. 761. 12 color pls. IUCN. 1985. * 20.00
1591. Collar et al, N. BIRDS TO WATCH. pp. 303. ICBP. 1988. wrs. 7.50
1592. Collar et al, N. THREATENED BIRDS OF THE AMERICAS. pp. 1150. illus. Smithsonian. 1992. DJ. * 60.00
1593. Colston, P. BIRDS OF MOUNT NIMBA, LIBERIA. pp. 129. British Museum. 1986. * 15.00
1594. Cramp et al, S. HANDBOOK OF THE BIRDS OF EUROPE, THE MIDDLE EAST & N AFRICA. Vol. VIII. Crows to Finches. pp. 899. color pls. Oxford. 1994. DJ. * 99.00
1595. Cramp et al, S. HANDBOOK OF THE BIRDS OF EUROPE, THE MIDDLE EAST & N AFRICA. Vol. IX. Buntings & New World Warblers. pp. 488. 34 color pls. Oxford. 1994. DJ. * 99.00
1596. Curson et al, J. WARBLERS OF THE AMERICAS AN IDENTIFICATION GUIDE. pp. 252. 26 color plates. Mifflin. 1994. DJ. In Print @ 42.00. * 15.00
1597. Cutright & M. Brodhead, P. ELLIOTT COUES. pp. 509. Frontis. IL. 1981. 35.00
1598. Dance, S. CLASSIC NATURAL HISTORY PRINTS: BIRDS. pp. 128. color pls. Arch. 1990. DJ. * 25.00
1599. Daniel, T. WINGS ON THE SOUTHWIND. pp. 157. Photos. Oxmoor. 1984. DJ. 10.00
1600. Davis Jr., W. DEAN OF THE BIRDWATCHERS: A BIOGRAPHY OF LUDLOW GRISCOM. pp. 234. Photos. Smithsonian. 1994. DJ. * 15.00
1601. Day, A. N AMERICAN WATERFOWL. pp. 363. b&w illus. Stackpole. 1959. DJ. 15.00
1602. DeGraff et al, R. FOREST & RANGELAND BIRDS OF THE U.S. NATURAL HISTORY & HABITAT USE. pp. 625. Each bird pictured in color. USDA. 1991. wrs. * 15.00
1603. DeGraaf & J. Rappole, R. NEOTROPICAL MIGRATORY BIRDS. pp. 676. maps. Comstock. 1995. wrs. 12.50
1604. DeSchauensee, R. BIRDS OF COLUMBIA. pp. 426. 19 color pls. Livingston. 1964. 35.00
1605. Dewar, D. GLIMPSES OF INDIAN BIRDS. pp. 266. Lane. 1923. Faint spine number & bookplate. 12.50
1606. Eckert, A. THE OWLS OF N AMERICA. pp. 278. color pls. Doubleday. 1975. Worn DJ. 35.00
1607. Eckert, A. THE SILENT SKY: THE INCREDIBLE EXTINCTION OF THE PASSENGER PIGEON. pp. 243. illus. Little. 1965. DJ. 16.00
1608. Eckert, A. WADING BIRDS OF N AMERICA. pp. 252. illus. Weath. 1987. DJ. * 15.00
1609. Edwards, E. A FIELD GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF MEXICO. pp. 300. 24 color pls. Author. 1972. wrs. 9.00
1610. Ehrlich et al, P. BIRDS IN JEOPARDY. pp. 259. color illus. Stanford. 1992. Library Pocket. 5.00
1611. Ehrlich et al, P. THE BIRDER'S HANDBOOK. pp. 785. Simon. 1988. wrs. 10.00
1612. Evans, G. THE OBSERVER‚S BOOK OF BIRDS‚ EGGS. pp. 224. color illus. Warne. 1969. chipped DJ. 12.50
1613. Faanes, C. BIRDS OF THE ST. CROIX RIVER VALLEY. pp. 196. 1981. wrs. 5.00
1614. Farber, P. DISCOVERING BIRDS: THE EMERGENCE OF ORNITHOLOGY AS A SCIENTIFIC DISCIPLINE, 1760 - 1850. pp. 190. illus. Hopkins. 1997. wrs. 16.00
1615. Feare, C. STARLINGS & MYNAS. pp. Helm. 1999. DJ. * 40.00
1616. Feduccia, A. THE AGE OF BIRDS. pp. 196. illus. Harvard. 1980. 17.00
1617. ffrench, R. A GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD & TOBAGO. pp. 425. 29 color pls. Com. 1991. wrs. 15.00
1618. Finch & P. Stagel, D. STATUS & MANAGEMENT OF NEOTROPICAL MIGRATORY BIRDS. pp. 422. illus. USDA. 1992. wrs. 25.00
1619. Fisher & R. Lockley, J. SEA-BIRDS. pp. 320. color frontis. Mifflin. 1954. slightly musty. 12.50
1620. Fisher, A. THE ALBATROSS OF MIDWAY ISLAND. pp. 156. Photos IL 1970 dj * 6.50
1621. Fisher, J. THORBURN‚S BIRDS. pp. 184. color pls. Book Club Assoc. 1974. DJ. 26.00
1622. Fitzgerald, T. THE COTURNIX QUAIL. pp. 306. illus. Iowa. 1970. DJ. * 15.00
1623. Flegg, J. FIELD GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF BRITAIN & EUROPE. pp. 256. color. Cornell. 1990. DJ. 16.00
1624. Fletcher, T. BIRDS OF AN INDIAN GARDEN. pp. 200. 2 pls. India.. 1984. DJ. 12.50
1625. Forbush, E. A NATURAL HISTORY OF AMERICAN BIRDS. pp. 552. color pls. Bramhall. 1955. DJ. 20.00
1626. Forbush, E. A HISTORY OF THE GAME-BIRDS, WILD-FOWL & SHORE BIRDS OF MASSACHUSETTS & ADJACENT STATES. pp. 622. illus. & photos. MA. 1912. Hinges tender. 36.00
1627. Forbush, E. USEFUL BIRDS & THEIR PROTECTION. pp. 437. illus. MA. 1905. Cracked hinge. 8.00
1628. Forshaw & W. Cooper, J. KINGFISHERS & RELATED BIRDS. Vols. 1 - 4. Beautiful color pls. Lansdowne editions. 1983-90. Elephant folios. Housed 2 volumes to a case in matching clamshell cases. Leptosomatidae & Todidae in green cloth & leather, Alcedinae 2 vols in blue cloth & leather. These four volumes are # 993 of 1000 sets signed by the author and illus.trator. They are called elephant folio because they are very heavy. Postage (domestic) would be about 75. The set: 2800.00
1629. Friedmann, H. THE BIRDS OF N & MIDDLE AMERICA. PT. XI. Birds of prey. pp. 791. illustrated. Smithsonian. 1950. Rear wrap gone & front wrap detached. 9.00
1630. Frith & B. Beehler, C. BIRD FAMILIES OF THE WORLD: THE BIRDS OF PARADISE. pp. 613. 15 color pls. Oxford. 1998. DJ. In Print @ 110.00. 85.00
1631. Farrand Jr. (ed), J. THE AUDUBON SOCIETY MASTER GUIDE TO BIRDING. 3 Volumes. pp. 644. color photos & illus.trations. Alfred A. Knopf. 1983. Boards. The set: * 35.00
1632. Fuller, E. THE GREAT AUK. pp. 448. b&w & color illus. Abrams. 1999. DJ. In Print @ 75.00. * 45.00
1633. Gabrielson & F. Lincoln, I. THE BIRDS OF ALASKA. pp. 922. color pls. Stackpole. 1959. Cracked hinges & one page torn. 45.00
1634. Gaston, A. BIRD FAMILIES OF THE WORLD: THE AUKansas. pp. 349. 8 color pls. Oxford. 1998. DJ. * 60.00
1635. Gill, F. ORNITHOLOGY. pp. 660. illus. Freeman. 1990. DJ. 35.00
1636. Gilliard, E. LIVING BIRDS OF THE WORLD. pp. 400. 217 color photos. Doubleday. 1958. Worn DJ. 7.50
1637. Goodman & M. Schein, I. BIRDS: BRAIN & BEHAVIOR. pp. 273. illus. Academic. 1974. DJ. 17.50
1638. Goodwin, D. BIRDS OF MAN‚S WORLD. pp. 183. illus. British Museum. 1978. 6.50
1639. Goodwin, D. CROWS OF THE WORLD. pp. 354. illus. BMNH. 1976. DJ. 22.00
1640. Gould, J. JOHN GOULD‚S BIRDS. pp. 239. 367 color pls. Chartwell. 1981. DJ. Folio. Contains reduced plates of all of the Birds of Great Britain. 40.00
1641. Grant, P. ECOLOGY & EVOL OF DARWIN'S FINCHES. pp. 492. color & b&w illus. Princeton. 1986. wrs. 20.00
1642. Greenewalt, C. HUMMINGBIRDS. pp. 250. 70 color tipped in plates. AMNH. 1960. Slightly Worn DJ. 99.00
1643. Greenway, J. EXTINCT & VANISHING BIRDS OF THE WORLD. pp. 518. illus. NY. 1958. X-lib. 7.50
1644. Griscom & A. Sprunt, L. THE WARBLERS OF AMERICA. pp. 387. color pls. By John Henry Dick. Devin-Adair. 1957. Worn DJ. 30.00
1645. Griscom & A. Sprunt, L. THE WARBLERS OF AMERICA. pp. 302. color pls. Doubleday. 1979. 2nd edition. DJ. 25.00
1646. Griscom & A. Sprunt, L. THE WARBLERS OF AMERICA. pp. 387. color pls. Devin-Adair. 1957. fine copy in a Worn slipcase. * 35.00
1647. Gromme, O. BIRDS OF WISCONSIN. pp. 219. color pls. WI. 1963. Worn, torn DJ. 25.00
1648. Grosvenor & A. Wetmore, G. THE BOOK OF BIRDS. 2 Vols. pp. 730. color pls. National Geographic. 1937. 25.00
1649. Gruson, E. WORDS FOR BIRDS. pp. 305. illus. Quadrangle. 1972. DJ. * 16.50
1650. Halle, L. THE STORM PETREL & THE OWL OF ATHENA. pp. 268. illus. Princeton. 1970. DJ. * 4.50
1651. Hanson, H. THE BIOGEOCHEMISTRY OF BLUE, SNOW & ROSS‚S GEESE. pp. 281. illus. IL. 1976. DJ. * 9.00
1652. Harris, T. SHRIKES & BUSH-SHRIKES. pp. 314. illus. Helm. 1999. DJ. 40.00
1653. Harrison, C. AN ATLAS OF THE BIRDS OF THE W PALAEARCTIC. pp. 322. illus. Collins. 1982. DJ. 13.00
1654. Harrison, C. SEABIRDS OF HAWAII: NATURAL HISTORY & CONSERVATION. pp. 249. color photos. Cornell. DJ. In Print @ 47.50. * 12.50
1655. Harrison, H. FIELD GUIDE TO W BIRDS‚S NESTS. pp. 279. illus. Mifflin. 1979. 6.50
1656. Harvey, B. PORTFOLIO OF NEW ZEALAND BIRDS. pp. 60. 25 color pls. 1970. Large folio. Worn dj‚s. * 12.50
1657. Harwood, M. THE VIEW FROM GREAT GULL. pp. 139. illus. Dutton. 1976. DJ. 12.50
1658. Hay, J. THE BIRD OF LIGHT (TERNS). pp. 158. Norton. 1991. DJ. 7.00
1659. Hay, J. THOREAU ON BIRDS. pp. 510. illus. Beacon. 1992. DJ. 10.00
1660. Heather & H. Robertson, B. THE FIELD GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF NEW ZEALAND. pp. 432. 74 color pls. Oxford Univ. Press. 1997. wrs. 20.00
1661. Heintzelman, D. N AMERICAN DUCKS, GEESE & SWANS. pp. 236. color photos. Winchester. 1978. Worn DJ. * 4.50
1662. Hilty, S. A GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF COLOMBIA. pp. 836. color pls. 1986. DJ. 35.00
1663. Hilty, S. BIRDS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. pp. 304. illus. Chapters. 1994. wrs. * 6.95
1664. Hilty, S. BIRDS OF VENEZUELA. pp. 878. 67 pls. mostly color. Princeton. 2003. wrs. 35.00
1665. Howard, R. A COMPLETE CHECKLIST OF THE BIRDS OF THE WORLD. pp. 622. Academic. 1991. * 17.50
1666. Hume, E. ORNITHOLOGISTS OF THE UNITED STATES ARMY MEDICAL CORPS. pp. 583. photos & illus.trations. Hopkins. 1942. Top corner lightly bumped. Scattered light foxing. Signed presentation copy to Col Deutsch. 135.00
1667. Imhof, T. ALABAMA BIRDS. pp. 445. color pls by Richard ParKansas. AL. 1976. 2nd edition. DJ. A slight stain to 1st few pages - barely noticeable. 35.00
1668. Imhof, T. ALABAMA BIRDS. 1st edition. pp. 591. watercolor paintings by Richard Parks, AL. 1962. DJ. * 75.00
1669. Imhof, T. ALABAMA BIRDS. 2nd ed. pp. 445. color pls. AL. 1976. DJ. * 50.00
1670. Inskipp, C. BIRDS OF NEPAL. pp. 400. illus. Smithsonian. 1991. DJ. 21.00
1671. Jackson, J. AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE RED-COCKADED WOODPECKER. pp. 290. 1767 entries. USDE. 1981. wrs. 10.00
1672. Jalme & V. Heezik, M. PROPAGATION OF THE HOUBARA BUSTARD. pp. 110. illus. Kegan Paul. 1996. DJ. * 75.00
1673. Janovy, J YELLOW-LEGS. pp. 192. Author. 1980. Worn DJ. 12.00
1674. Janssen, R. BIRDS IN MINNESOTA. pp. 352. color photos. MN. 1987. wrs. 16.00
1675. Jaramillo, A. NEW WORLD BLACKBIRDS: THE ICTERIDS. pp. 432. illus. Helm. 1999. DJ. * 45.00
1676. Jewett et al, S. BIRDS OF WASHINGTON STATE. pp. 767. color pls. USDI. 1953. 99.00
1677. Johnsgard, P. ARENA BIRDS. pp. 384. 38 color photos. Smithsonian. 1994. DJ. * 12.50
1678. Johnsgard, P. BIRDS OF THE GREAT PLAINS BREEDING SPECIES & THEIR DISTRIBUTION. pp. 539. color photos. NE. 1979. DJ. * 10.00
1679. Johnsgard, P. CRANE MUSIC. pp. 136. illus. Smithsonian. 1991. DJ. 7.50
1680. Johnsgard, P. DIVING BIRDS OF N AMERICA. pp. 292. illus. NE. 1987. DJ. 40.00
1681. Johnsgard, P. DUCKS, GEESE & SWANS OF THE WORLD. pp. 404. photos. 1978. Dj glued to book. 7.50
1682. Johnsgard & M. Carbonell, P. RUDDY DUCKS & OTHER STIFFTAILS. pp. 291. color. OK. 1996. DJ. * 22.00
1683. Johnson, P. AS FREE AS A BIRD: BIRDS OF S AFRICA. pp. 208. illus. 1976. DJ. 12.50
1684. Johnston, D. BIOSYSTEMATICS OF AMERICAN CROWS. pp. 127. WA. 1961. 7.50
1685. Jones et al, D. BIRD FAMILIES OF THE WORLD: THE MEGAPODES MEGAPODIIDAE. pp. 262. 8 color pls. Oxford. 1995. DJ. In Print @ 75.00. * 45.00
1686. Karmali, J. BIRDS OF AFRICA. pp. 191. Photos. Viking. 1980. DJ. folio. 17.50
1687. Kearton, C. THE ISLAND OF PENGUINS. pp. 248. photos. McBride. 1931. 18.00
1688. Kemp, A. THE OWLS OF S AFRICA. pp. 184. 58 color pls. New Holland. 1988. DJ. 35.00
1689. King, B. THE COLLINS FIELD GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF SE ASIA. pp. 480. b&w & color pls. Greene. 1975. wrs. 26.00
1690. Krebs & N. Davies, J. BEHAVIOURAL ECOLOGY AN EVOLUTIONARY APPROACH. pp. 482. illus. Blackwell. 1995. wrs. 12.50
1691. Kren, J. BIRDS OF THE CZECH REPUBLIC. pp. 272. illus. Helm. 2001. DJ. * 35.00
1692. Lambourne, M. JOHN GOULD'S BIRDS. pp. 239. color paintings. Chartwell. 1981. DJ. Folio. Hinges are starting to crack. 40.00
1693. Lambourne, M. THE ART OF BIRD ILLUSTRATION. pp. 192. color illus. Well. 1990. DJ. * 15.00
1694. Langrand, O. GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF MADAGASCAR. pp. 364. 40 color pls. Yale. 1990. DJ. 45.00
1695. Laughlin, S. ATLAS OF BREEDING BIRDS OF VERMONT. pp. 456. illus. DJ. * 12.50
1696. Leck, C. STATUS & DISTRIBUTION OF NEW JERSEY‚S BIRDS. pp. 210. 1984. * 7.50
1697. Livingston, J. BIRDS OF THE E FOREST. Vol. I only. pp. 231. color pls. Mifflin. 1968. DJ. 20.00
1698. Livingston, J. BIRDS OF THE N FOREST. pp. 247. 56 color pls. Mifflin. 1966. DJ. Folio. * 25.00
1699. Lockly, R. SHEARWATERS. pp. 238. photos. Devin. 1947. 22.00
1700. Lockley, R. SHEARWATERS. pp. 238. photos. Adair. 1947. DJ. Slightly Musty. 15.00
1701. Lockwood, G. GARDEN BIRDS OF S AFRICA. pp. 180. 17 color pls. 104 birds illustrated. Sable. 1982. DJ. * 25.00
1702. Lowery Jr., G. A QUANT STUDY OF THE NOCTURNAL MIGRATION OF BIRDS. pp. 108. illus. wrs. * 4.00
1703. Mcdermott, J. AUDUBON IN THE WEST. pp. 131. illus. Ok. 1965. Dj 22.00
1704. MacDonald, M. BIRDS IN MY INDIAN GARDEN. pp. 192. 98 photos. Some color. Knopf. 1961. Folio. Front cover lightly bumped. 12.50
1705. Madge, S. PHEASANTS, PARTRIDGES & GROUSE. pp. 480. illus. Helm. 2000. DJ. * 40.00
1706. Marshall, A. BIOLOGY & COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY OF BIRDS. 2 vols. pp. 518. Academic. 1960. Worn hinge. 26.00
1707. Martin & D. Finch, T. ECOLOGY & MANAGEMENT OF NEOTROPICAL MIGRATORY BIRDS. pp. 489. Oxford. 1995. wrs. In Print @ 40.00. * 12.50
1708. Maslow, J. THE OWL PAPERS. pp. 177. Vintage. 1988. wrs. * 3.50
1709. Matthiessen, P. THE WIND BIRDS. pp. 168. illus. Chapters. 1994. wrs. * 6.50
1710. Mayr, E. BIRDS OF THE SW PACIFIC. pp. 316. b&w & color illus. Tuttle. 1978. wrs. 16.00
1711. Mayr, E. SPECIES TAXA OF N AMERICAN BIRDS. pp. 127. Nuttall. 1970. 8.00
1712. Mayr & J. Diamond, E. THE BIRDS OF N MELANESIA: SPECIATION, ECOLOGY & BIOGEOGRAPHY. pp. 492. 9 color pls. Oxford. 2001. DJ. * 20.00
1713. McIntyre, J. THE COMMON LOON: SPIRIT OF N LAKES. pp. 228. illus. MN. DJ. * 7.50
1714. McLachlan & R. Liversidge, G. ROBERT'S BIRDS OF S AFRICA. pp. 659. 72 color pls. Struik. 1982. DJ. 18.00
1715. McPeek, G. BIRDS OF MICHIGAN. pp. 358. illus. 115 color pls. IN. 1994. * 17.50
1716. Meanley, B. NATURAL HISTORY OF THE SWAINSON‚S WARBLER. pp. 90. illus. USDI. 1971. wrs. * 10.00
1717. Meyerriecks, A. COMPARATIVE BREEDING BEHAVIOR OF FOUR SPECIES OF N AMERICAN HERONS. pp. 158. 13 pls. Nuttall vol. 2. 1960. 6.50
1718. Mikkola, H. OWLS OF EUROPE. pp. 397. 8 color pls. Buteo. 1983. DJ. 25.00
1719. Monson, G. A CHECKLIST OF THE BIRDS OF ARIZONA. pp. 74. AZ. 1964. wrs. 3.50
1720. Mullarney, K. THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF EUROPE. pp. 399. color illus. Princeton. 1999. DJ. 48.00
1721. Munro, G. BIRDS OF HAWAII. pp. 192. color pls. Tuttle. Reprint. 1960. DJ. 12.50
1722. Murphy, R. OCEANIC BIRDS OF S AMERICA. 2 VOLS. pp. 1245. 16 color pls by Jacques. AMNH. 1936. * 135.00
1723. National Geographic Soc. SONG & GARDEN & WATER + PREY & GAME BIRDS OF N AMERICA. 2 VOLS. pp. 863. color photos. 1964. Slipcases Chipped Djs. One Record Missing. 20.00
1724. Neff, J. HABITS, FOOD & ECON STATUS OF THE BAND-TAILED PIGEON. pp. 76. illus. 1947. wrs. * 10.00
1725. Newton (ed), I. CONSERVATION STUDIES ON RAPTORS. pp. 482. ICBP. 1985. wrs. 17.50
1726. Nissen, C. DIE illus.TRIERTEN VOGELBUCHER: IHREGESCHICHTE UND BIBLIOGRAPHIE. pp. 222. Martino reprint. 1953. * 45.00
1727. Oberholser, H. THE BIRD LIFE OF TEXAS. 2 VOLS. pp. 1069. color pls. TX. 1973. Slipcased. 150.00
1728. Olsen, P. AUSTRALIAN BIRDS OF PREY. pp. 256. color photos. Hopkins. 1995. DJ. * 25.00
1729. Olsen, K. TERNS OF EUROPE & N AMERICA. pp. 175. 207 color photos. Princeton. 1995. In Print @ 55.00. * 25.00
1730. Orians, G. BLACKBIRDS OF THE AMERICAS. pp. 162. illus. Washington. 1985. DJ. * 6.50
1731. Ortega, C. COWBIRDS & OTHER BROOD PARASITES. pp. 371. illus. AZ. 1998. DJ. In print @ 68.00 * 25.00
1732. Palmer (ed), R. HANDBOOK OF N AMERICAN BIRDS. VOL. 4 & 5. Diurnal Raptors. pp. 433. Yale. 1988. DJ. 45.00
1733. Parmelee, D. ANTARCTIC BIRDS. pp. 201. illus. Some color. MN. 1992. DJ. * 17.50
1734. Parnall, P. PORTFOLIO OF SIX FRAMEABLE NIGHTWATCHERS PRINTS. Warren. Folio. * 25.00
1735. Paz, U. BIRDS OF ISRAEL. pp. 264. color photos. Greene. 1987. DJ. * 8.00
1736. Petersen, M. BIRDS OF THE KILBUCK & AHKLUN MTN REGION, ALASKA. pp. 158. USDI. 1991. wrs. 17.50
1737. Peterson, R. FIELD GUIDE TO W BIRDS. pp. 432. color illus. Mifflin. 1990. DJ. 15.00
1738. Peterson, R. THE BIRD WATCHER‚S ANTHOLOGY. pp. 401. color frontis. Harcourt. 1957. * 8.50
1739. Pettingill, O. MY WAY TO ORNITHOLOGY. pp. 245. OK. 1992. DJ. * 4.75
1740. Pettingill, O. ORNITHOLOGY IN LAB & FIELD. pp. 524. illus. Burgess. 1970. Yellow highlighting. 6.50
1741. Pettingill, O. THE AMERICAN WOODCOCK. pp. 391. Ten pls. Boston Soc. 1936. wrs. 45.00
1742. Phillips et al, A. THE BIRDS OF ARIZONA. pp. 212. color pls & photos. AZ. 1964. 28.00
1743. Piatt.J.ADVENTURES IN BIRDING CONFESSIONS OF A LISTER. pp. 265. illus. Knopf. 1973. Worn DJ. 15.00
1744. Pickford & W. Tarboton, P. AFRICAN BIRDS OF PREY. pp. 228. illus. Cornell. 1990. DJ. * 12.50
1745. Pickford & W. Tarboton, P. S AFRICAN BIRDS OF PREY. pp. 227. color illus. Struik. 1994. DJ. 2nd ed. * 19.00
1746. Pizzey, G. FIELD GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF AUSTRALIA. pp. 460. 1300 paintings. Princeton. 1980. wrs. Lightly bumped. * 10.00
1747. Pizzey, G. FIELD GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF AUSTRALIA. pp. 460. 1300 paintings. Princeton. 1980. DJ. * 20.00
1748. Porter, E. BIRDS OF N AMERICA: A PERSONAL SELECTION. pp. 140. color photos. A&W. 1975. wrs. 10.00
1749. Potter, E. BIRDS OF THE CAROLINAS. pp. 408. color photos. 1980. * 5.00
1750. Raffaele, H. A GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF PUERTO RICO & THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. pp. 254. b&w & color pls. Princeton. 1989. DJ. 22.00
1751. Ralph et al, C. MONITORING BIRD POPULATIONS BY POINT COUNTS. pp. 184. USDA. 1997. wrs. * 15.00
1752. Ralph, G. ECOLOGY & CONSERVATION OF THE MARBLED MURRELET. pp. 420. illus. USDA. 1995. wrs. 18.00
1753. Rea, A. ONCE A RIVER: BIRD LIFE & HABITAT CHANGES ON THE MIDDLE GILA. pp. 284. illus. AZ. 1983.Mylar over DJ. Signed by the author & artist. 45.00
1754. Restall, R. MUNIAS & MANNAKINS. pp. 262. illus. PICA. 1997. DJ. * 40.00
1755. Richards, A. SHOREBIRDS A COMPLETE GUIDE TO THEIR BEHAVIOR & MIGRATION. pp. 224. color photos. Gallery. 1988. DJ. 12.50
1756. Ridgely, R. A GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF PANAMA. pp. 404. 32 color pls. Princeton. 1981. Worn DJ. Dates written in ink. 19.00
1757. Ridgway, R. BIRDS OF N & MIDDLE AMERICA. PT. IX. Cranes ˆ Sun Bitterns. pp. 254. illus. USNM. 1941. wrs. 25.00
1758. Riegner, M. LONG-LEGGED WADING BIRDS OF THE N AMERICAN WETLANDS. pp. 207. color photos. Stackpole. 1992. DJ. 10.00
1759. Riley, J. BIRDS FROM SIAM & THE MALAY PENINSULA IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BY DRS. HUGH SMITH & WM. ABBOTT. pp. 581. 1938. wrs. * 12.50
1760. Ripley, S. A PADDLING OF DUCKansas. pp. 256. illus. By F.L. Jacques. Harcourt. 1957. Worn DJ. 12.50
1761. Ripley, S. ORNITHOLOGICAL BOOKS IN THE YALE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY. pp. 338. Martino reprint. * 50.00
1762. Ripley, S. RAILS OF THE WORLD A MONOGRAPH OF THE FAMILY RALLIDAE. pp. 406. 41 color paintings by J.Fenswicke Lansdowne. Feheley. 1977. DJ. Large folio. 125.00
1763. Ripley, S. RAILS OF THE WORLD. PORTFOLIO ED. 41 loose paintings & abbreviated species accounts. * 41.00
1764. Ritter, W. THE CALIFORNIA WOODPECKER & I. pp. 340. color frontis. CA. 1938. 25.00
1765. Roberts, T. A MANUAL FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF THE BIRDS OF MINNESOTA & NEIGHBORING STATES. pp. 279. illus. MN. 1955. wrs. 22.00
1766. Robbins & E. Blom, C. ATLAS OF THE BREEDING BIRDS OF MARYLAND & THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. pp. 479. illus. Pittsburgh. 1996. * 22.50
1767. Robinson, J. AN ANNOT CHECKLIST OF THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE. pp. 274. Maps. TN. 1990. DJ. * 22.00
1768. Roberts, A. THE BIRDS OF S AFRICA. pp. 463. 56 color pls. Witherby. 1940. 35.00
1769. Rosenberg et al, K. BIRDS OF THE LOWER COLORADO RIVER VALLEY. pp. 416. Photos. AZ. 1991. DJ. * 17.50
1770. Rothsein, S. PARASITIC BIRDS & THEIR HOSTS STUDIES IN COEVOLUTION. pp. 444. illus. Oxford University Press. 1998. DJ. In Print @ 150.00. * 79.00
1771. Roux, F. JOHN GOULD‚S BIRDS OF EUROPE. pp. 237. Full page color pls. Bib DeL‚image. 2000. DJ. * 26.00
1772. Rutgers, A. JOHN GOULD'S BIRDS OF ASIA. pp. 321. color paintings. Taplinger. 1968. Small tear in DJ. 28.00
1773. Sanderson, G. MANAGEMENT OF MIGRATORY SHORE & UPLAND GAME BIRDS IN N AMERICA. pp. 358. illus. NE. 1977. wrs. * 13.50
1774. Sanderson, G. WILD TURKEY MANAGEMENT. pp. 355. Photos. 1973. DJ. * 25.00
1775. Sauer, G. JOHN GOULD THE BIRD MAN: ASSOCIATES & SUBSCRIBERS. pp. 190. frontis. Martino publishers. This is a signed ltd ed of 300. * 50.00
1776. Savage, C. WINGS OF THE NORTH: A GALLERY OF FAVORITE BIRDS. pp. 211. color photos. MN. 1985. DJ. * 6.00
1777. Scott et al, P. THE WORLD ATLAS OF BIRDS. pp. 272. color pls. CLB. 1974. DJ. 22.00
1778. Scott, T. BOBWHITE THESAURUS. pp. 306. IQF. 1985. 16.00
1779. Schneider et al, K. MIGRATORY NONGAME BIRDS OF MANAGEMENT CONCERN IN THE NE. pp. 400. maps. USDI. 1992. wrs. * 18.00
1780. Sharpe Et Al, R. BIRDS OF NEBRASKA THEIR DISTRIBUTION & TEMPORAL OCCURRENCE. pp. 520. color photos. NE. 2001. DJ. 25.00
1781. Short, L. THE LIVES OF BIRDS. pp. 256. color illus. Holt. 1993. DJ. 6.50
1782. Sheldon, W. THE BOOK OF THE AMERICAN WOODCOCK. pp. 227. illus. MA. 1967. A couple of dj nicKansas. 26.00
1783. Shurtleff & C. Savage, L. THE WOOD DUCK & THE MANDARIN. pp. 232. color. CA. 1996. DJ. * 18.00
1784. Sibley, D. THE SIBLEY GUIDE TO BIRD LIFE & BEHAVIOR. pp. 587. color illus. Knopf. 2001. DJ. 30.00
1785. Sibley & B. Monroe, D. DISTRIBUTION & TAXONOMY OF BIRDS OF THE WORLD. pp. 1111. Yale. DJ. * 65.00
1786. Sick, H. BIRDS IN BRAZIL: A NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 703. 46 color pls. Princeton. 1993. DJ. * 49.00
1787. Simpson, K. BIRDS OF THE BLUE RIDGE MOUNTAINS. pp. 354. illus. NC. 1992. DJ. * 12.50
1788. Simpson & N. Day, K. THE PRINCETON FIELD GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF AUSTRALIA. pp. 400. 132 color pls. Princeton. 1986. dj over plastic covers. 25.00
1789. Sinclair et al, I. illus. GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF S AFRICA. pp. 426. 200 color pls. Princeton. 1993. DJ. * 35.00
1790. Skutch, A. BIRDS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. pp. 305. illus. TX. 1983. DJ. 15.00
1791. Skutch, A. LIFE OF THE FLYCATCHER. pp. 162. color pls. OK. 1997. DJ. In Print @ 40. * 25.00
1792. Skutch, A. LIFE OF THE TANAGER. pp. 111. 24 color pls. Cornell. 1989. DJ. * 20.00
1793. Skutch, A. LIFE OF THE WOODPECKER. pp. 136. color paintings. Ibis. 1985. DJ. Signed by illus.trator. * 35.00
1794. Skutch, A. PARENT BIRDS & THEIR YOUNG. pp. 503. TX. 1979. Worn DJ. * 15.00
1795. Snow, D. THE WEB OF ADAPTATION: BIRD STUDIES IN THE AMERICAN TROPICS. pp. 176. illus. Comstock. 1976. wrs. * 10.00
1796. Sonneman, E. WHERE BIRDS LIVE. pp. 142. color photos. 1992. DJ. * 4.95
1797. Soper, T. OCEANS OF BIRDS. pp. 208. illus. By M. Loates. D&C. 1989. DJ. * 9.95
1798. Stegman, B. RELATIONSHIPS OF THE SUPERORDERS ALECTOROMORPHAE & CHARADRIOMORPHAE A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE AVIAN HAND. pp. 119. illus. Nuttall. 1978. 8.00
1799. Stesemann Et Al, E. AVES BEICKIANAE. TEIL I & II. pp. 251.portrait.Journal Fur Ornithologie. 1937.wrs. Signed Presentation To Ludlow Griscom. 50.00
1800. Stiles & A. Skutch, F. A GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF COSTA RICA. pp. 511. color pls. Cornell. 1989. wrs. 25.00
1801. Stokes, D. A GUIDE TO BIRD BEHAVIOR. 2 VOLS. pp. 670. illus. Little. 1979. wrs. 19.00
1802. Stokes, T. BIRDS OF THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. pp. 156. 15 color paintings. MacMillan. 1968. Worn DJ. * 12.50
1803. Stout (ed), G. SHOREBIRDS OF N AMERICA. pp. 270. 32 color pls. Viking. 1967. Worn DJ. 125.00
1804. Stout, G. SHOREBIRDS OF N AMERICA. pp. 270. 32 paintings. Viking. 1967. DJ. Folio. Tiny bump. 99.00
1805. Stout, G. SHOREBIRDS OF N AMERICA. pp. 270. 32 color pls. Viking. 1967. Worn DJ. Folio. 75.00
1806. Strahan (ed), R. CUCKOOS, NIGHTBIRDS & KINGFISHERS OF AUSTRALIA. pp. 270. color photos. Angus. 1994. DJ. 50.00
1807. Sutton, G. BIRD STUDENT: AN AUTOBIOGRAPHY. pp. 216. illus. 1989. DJ. * 6.50
1808. Sutton, G. BIRDS IN THE WILDERNESS: ADVENTURES OF AN ORNITHOLOGIST. pp. 200. color frontis. MacMillan. 1936. 45.00
1809. Tacha et al, T. MIGRATORY SHORE & UPLAND GAME BIRD MANAGEMENT IN N AMERICA. pp. 223. illus. IAFWA. 1994. 12.50
1810. Taverner, P. BIRDS OF E CANADA. 290. 50 color pls. Ottawa. 1922. Stained & Worn binding. 10.00
1811. Terman, M. MESSAGES FROM AN OWL. pp. 217. Photos. Princeton. 1996. DJ. * 7.50
1812. Thomson, T. BIRDING IN OHIO. pp. 268. illus. IN. 1994. wrs. * 6.50
1813. Tomlinson,H. THE SEA AND THE JUNGLE. pp. 320. Duckworth. 1929. 25.00
1814. Townsend, C. SUPPLEMENT TO THE BIRDS OF ESSEX COUNTY, MASSACHUSETTS. pp. 196. 1 plate & map. Nuttall Ornithological Club. 1920. * 15.00
1815. Tsuji, A. HORNBILLS: MASTERS OF TROPICAL FORESTS. pp. 93. color photos. Sarakadee. 1996. DJ. * 35.00
1816. Urban et al, E. THE BIRDS OF AFRICA. Vol. II. pp. 552. color pls. Academic. 1993. DJ. 99.00
1817. Urban et al, E. THE BIRDS OF AFRICA. Vol. III. pp. 611. color pls. Academic. 1988. 99.00
1818. Van Rensselaer, E. ENCYCLOPEDIA OF BIRD PICTURES COMPRISING OVER 5000 PICTURES. illus. Enc Of Pictures. 1966. 18.00
1819. Watson, G. SEABIRDS OF THE TROPICAL ATLANTIC OCEAN. pp. 120. illus. Smithsonian. 1966. 8.00
1820. Weiner, J. THE BEAK OF THE FINCH: A STORY OF EVOLUTION IN OUR TIME. pp. 332. illus. Knopf. 1994. DJ. 22.00
1821. Welker, R. BIRDS & MEN. pp. 230. illus. Harvard. 1955. 12.50
1822. Wetmore, A. THE BIRDS OF THE REPUBLIC OF PANAMA. Pt. III. pp. 630. illus. Smithsonian. 1972. DJ. * 15.00
1823. Wetmore, A. THE BIRDS OF THE REPUBLIC OF PANAMA. Pt. IV. pp. 670. illus. Smithsonian. 1984. DJ. * 15.00
1824. Wheatley, N. WHERE TO WATCH BIRDS IN S AMERICA. pp. 431. Maps. 1995. 12.50
1825. Whistler, H. POPULAR HANDBOOK OF INDIAN BIRDS. pp. 560. 24 pls. 7 color. Gurney. 1949. Worn DJ. 17.50
1826. White, F. A PREL LIST OF THE BIRDS OF CONCORD, NEW HAMPSHIRE. pp. 153. Rumford. 1924. wrs. 25.00
1827. Williams, J. A FIELD GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF E & CENTRAL AFRICA. pp. 288. 179 color illus. Mifflin. 1964. Dj 15.00
1828. Williams & N. Arlott, J. A FIELD GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF E AFRICA. pp. 415. 48 color pls. Collins. 25.00
1829. Winkler, H. WOODPECKERS: AN IDENTIFICATION GUIDE. pp. 352. illus. Mifflin. 1995. DJ. * 17.50
1830. Zimmerman et al, D. BIRDS OF KENYA & N. TANZANIA. pp. 740. 124 color pls. Princeton. 1996. DJ. * 35.00

GENERAL NATURAL HISTORY
1831. Adams, A. SUNLIGHT & STORM: THE GREAT AMERICAN PLAINS. pp. 479. Putnam. 1977. DJ. 12.50
1832. Adams, C. AN ECOLOGICAL SURVEY OF ISLE ROYALE, LAKE SUPERIOR. pp. 468. Maps. Michigan. 1909. 150.00
1833. Advances in Ecological Research (Journal). Vols. 1-7. Some have dj‚s. The set: 40.00
1834. Agassiz, E. LOUIS AGASSIZ HIS LIFE & CORRESPONDENCE. 2 vols. pp. 794. illus. Houghton-Mifflin. 1885. Spines rubbed. 35.00
1835. Agee et al, J. ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT FOR PARKS & WILDERNESS. pp. 237. WA. 1988. 9.00
1836. Alcock, J. THE KOOKABURRO‚S SONG. pp. 218. illus. AZ. 1988. DJ. * 7.50
1837. Altman, P. BIOLOGY DATA BOOK. 2 VOLS. pp. 1432. Exp. Bio. 1972. Worn dj‚s. 7.50
1838. Beamish, T. ALDABRA ALONE. pp. 222. color photos. Allen. 1970. DJ. 12.50
1839. Beddall (ed), B. WALLACE & BATES IN THE TROPICS. pp. 241. MacMillan. 1969. Worn DJ. 20.00
1840. Armstrong (ed), R. ATLAS OF HAWAII. pp. 238. color illus. HI. 1983. wrs. 22.00
1841. Aubrey et al, K. WILDLIFE & VEGETATION OF UNMANAGED DOUGLAS-FIR FORESTS. pp. 532. illus. USDA. 1991. Bound. 25.00
1842. Audubon, J. AUDUBON‚S W JOURNAL. pp. 249. illus. AZ. 1984. * 12.50
1843. Audubon, M. AUDUBON & HIS JOURNALS. 2 Vols. pp. 1086. illus. Peter Smithsonian. 1972. 17.50
1844. Ayres, H. THE GREAT TRAIL OF NEW ENGLAND. pp. 444. illus. Meador. 1940. Signed presentation copy. 99.00
1845. Backus & D. Boune, R. GEORGES BANK. pp. 593. color illus. & maps. MIT. 1987. In Print @ 245.00. 125.00
1846. Barber, L. THE HEYDAY OF NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 320. illus. Doubleday. 1980. DJ. 25.00
1847. Barlow, N. CHARLES DARWIN & THE VOYAGE OF THE BEAGLE. pp. 279. illus. Phil. Lib. 1946. 7.50
1848. Barnes, C. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF A MOUNTAIN YEAR. pp. 385. UT. 1996. wrs. * 9.00
1849. Barrus, C. THE HEART OF BURROUGHS JOURNALS. pp. 361. Frontis. 1928. 12.50
1850. Bastin M. VIEW FROM A SKETCHBOOK. pp. 159. color paintings. Stewart. 2003. DJ. 18.00
1851. Beacham et al, W. BEACHAM‚S GUIDE TO THE ENDANGERED SPECIES OF N AMERICA. 6 Vols. pp. 3464. color photos. Gale. 2001. Issued without dj‚s. In Print @ 600. The six volume set: * 149.00
1852. Beamish, T. ALDABRA ALONE. pp. 222. color photos. Allen. 1970. DJ. 12.50
1853. Beddall (ed), B. WALLACE & BATES IN THE TROPICS. pp. 241. MacMillan. 1969. Worn DJ. 20.00
1854. Beekman, E. THE POISON TREE SELECTED WRITINGS OF RUMPHIUS ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE INDIES. pp. 260. MA. 1981. DJ. 16.00
1855. Bellamy & S. Mackie, D. THE GREAT SEASONS. pp. 148. 70 color pls. Hodder. 1981. DJ. 12.50
1856. Belyaev, G. HADAL FAUNA OF THE WORLD OCEAN. pp. 199. Israel. 1972. wrs. 6.50
1857. Benson, M. MARTHA MAXWELL: ROCKY MOUNTAIN NATURALIST. pp. 335. Photos. NE. 1986. DJ. * 12.50
1858. Benton, M. WHEN LIFE NEARLY DIED: THE GREATEST MASS EXTINCTION OF ALL TIME. pp. 336. illus. Thames. 2003. DJ. 18.00
1859. Benyus, J. A FIELD GUIDE TO WILDLIFE HABITATS OF THE W U.S. pp. 336. illus. Fireside. 1989. wrs. 12.50
1860. Benyus, J. NORTHWOODS WILDLIFE. pp. 453. illus. Nword. 1989. wrs. 16.00
1861. Berekely (ed), E. THE CORRESPONDENCE OF JOHN BARTRAM 1734-1777. pp. 808. Photos. Univ. of Florida. 1992. In Print @ 125.00. 99.00
1862. Bloomfield, J. LAKES OF NEW YORK STATE. Vol. II. Ecology of the lakes of w New York. pp. 473. illus. Academic. 1978. In Print @ 51.00. * 17.50
1863. Bond, M. FAR AFIELD IN THE CARIBBEAN: MIGRATORY FLIGHTS OF A NATURALIST‚S WIFE. pp. 142. illus. Livingston. 1971. DJ. 22.50
1864. Bondeson, J. THE FEEJEE MERMAID & OTHER ESSAYS IN NATURAL & UNNATURAL HISTORY. pp. 315. illus. Cornell. 1999. 15.00
1865. Bonnemains(ed), J. BAUDIN IN AUSTRALIAN WATERS. The artwork of the French voyage of discovery to the southern lands 1800-1804. pp. 347. b&w & color pls. Oxford. 1988. Torn repaired DJ. 135.00
1866. Bonner, J. SIZE & CYCLE: AN ESSAY ON THE STRUCTURE OF BIOLOGY. pp. 219. illus. Prince. 1965. 8.00
1867. Bonner, J. THE EVOLUTION OF COMPLEXITY BY MEANS OF NATURAL SELECTION. pp. 260. illus. Princeton. 1988. DJ. 8.00
1868. Botkin, D. OUR NATURAL HISTORY: THE LESSONS OF LEWIS & CLARK. pp. 304. Oxford. 2004. wrs. 15.00
1869. Bowden, J. JOHN LIGHTFOOT HIS WORKS & TRAVELS. pp. 254. Hunt. 1989. Small ink scribble. 25.00
1870. Bowers, J. SENSE OF PLACE: THE LIFE & WORK OF FORREST SHREVE. pp. 195. illus. AZ. 1988. * 12.50
1871. Bowler, P. THE ECLIPSE OF DARWINISM. pp. 291. Hopkins. 1983. wrs. 7.50
1872. Breland, O. ANIMAL LIFE & LORE. pp. 388. illus. Harper. 1963. 7.50
1873. Brightwell, L. BUCKLAND‚S CURIOSITIES OF NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 177. illus. Batchworth. 1948. 8.00
1874. Brockway, L. SCIENCE & COLONIAL EXPANSION. pp. 215. Map. Yale. 2002. wrs. * 16.00
1875. Brokaw (ed.), H. WILDLIFE & AMERICA. pp. 532. Photos. USFS. 1978. wrs. 7.50
1876. Brookes, B. MOUNTAIN & MOORLAND A NATURE GUIDE. pp. 128. color illus. Crowood. 1989. wrs. 10.00
1877. Broome, H. FACES OF THE WILDERNESS. pp. 271. illus. Wilderness Society. 1972. DJ. 4.50
1878. Browne, C. THOMAS JEFFERSON & THE SCIENTIFIC TRENDS OF HIS TIME. pp. 63. wrs. Chip out of front cover. 25.00
1879. Burkhardt, F. CHARLES DARWIN‚S LETTERS: A SELECTION. pp. 249. Portrait. Cambridge. 1996. DJ. 22.00
1880. Butlin, R. ECOLOGICAL RELATIONS IN HISTORICAL TIMES. pp. 344. illus. Blackwell. 1995. DJ. 22.50
1881. Calder et al, A. VOYAGES & BEACHES: PACIFIC ENCOUNTERS, 1769-1840. pp. 344. illus. HI. 1999. DJ. * 22.00
1882. Calder, N. THE RESTLESS EARTH. pp. 152. b&w & color photos. Viking. 1972. DJ. 12.50
1883. Campbell, D. THE CRYSTAL DESERT: SUMMERS IN ANTARCTICA. pp. 308. Mifflin. 1992. DJ. 7.50
1884. Carpenter, W. ZOOLOGY. 2 Vols. illus. Orr. 1845. Bindings shot, insides very good. 15.00
1885. Carson, R. THE SEA AROUND US. pp. 230. illus. Oxford. 1951. Worn DJ. 25.00
1886. Carter, E. THE PAPERS OF BENJAMIN HENRY LATROBE JOURNALS 1795-97. 2 Vols. pp. 575. color plates. MD. 1977. In Print @ 140.00. 75.00
1887. Carter, R. COASTAL ENVIRONMENTS. pp. 617. illus. Academic. 1988. wrs. 25.00
1888. Chamberlain, S. A SMALL HOUSE IN THE SUN: THE VISAGE OF RURAL NEW ENGLAND. pp. 96. photos. Hastings. 1936. Worn DJ. 16.00
1889. Clark, T. ECOLOGY OF JACKSON HOLE, WYOMING: A PRIMER. pp. 110. illus. Author. 1981. wrs. 12.50
1890. Coates, A. CENTRAL AMERICA. pp. 277. color illus. Yale. 1997. DJ. 26.00
1891. Coe, M. THE ECOLOGY OF THE ALPINE ZONE OF MOUNT KENYA. pp. 136. photos. Junk. 1967. 22.00
1892. Coffin & L. Pfannmuller, B. MINNESOTA‚S ENDANGERED FLORA & FAUNA. pp. 473. Nicely illus. MN. 1988. Pub @ 44.95. * 20.00
1893. Cohen & H. Jones, I. SCIENCE BEFORE DARWIN. pp. 372. Deutsch. 1963. DJ. 6.50
1894. Collias, N. EXTERNAL CONSTRUCTION BY ANIMALS. pp. 413. illus. Dowden. 1976. Corner bumped. * 12.50
1895. Collins (ed), J. NATURAL KANSAS. pp. 226. illus. Kansas. 1985. 10.00
1896. Collins, M. THE LAST RAIN FORESTS: A WORLD CONSERVATION ATLAS. pp. 200. color photos & illus. Oxford. 1990. DJ. Folio. Has a scuffed tear in the dust jacket. 12.50
1897. Conzemius, E. ETHNOGRAPHICAL SURVEY OF THE MISKITO & SUMU INDIANS OF HONDURAS & NICARAGUA. pp. 191. Photos. Smithsonian. 1932. Chipped wrs. 10.00
1898. Croker, R. PIONEER ECOLOGIST: THE LIFE & WORK OF VICTOR ERNEST SHELFORD 1877-1968. pp. 222. Photos. Smithsonian. 1991. DJ. 20.00
1899. Cronin, H. THE ANT & THE PEACOCK: ALTRUISM & SEXUAL SELECTION FROM DARWIN TO TODAY. pp. 489. illus. Cambridge. 1993. wrs. * 7.50
1900. Cronin, H. THE ANT & THE PEACOCK. Hardbound. * 12.50
1901. Dannenfeldt, K. LEONHARD RAUWOLF: SIXTEENTH-CENTURY PHYSICIAN, BOTANIST & TRAVELER. pp. 321. Map. Harvard. 1968. DJ. * 25.00
1902. Davidson, W. ANGLO-HISPANIC CONFLICT IN THE W CARRIBEAN. pp. 199. illus. Southern. 1979. wrs. 12.50
1903. De Beer et al, G. DARWIN‚S NOTEBOOKS ON TRANSMUTATION OF SPECIES. Pt. VI. Pages excised by Darwin. pp. 47. British Museum. 1967. wrs. 7.50
1904. Deacon, M. SCIENTISTS & THE SEA 1650-1900 A STUDY OF MARINE SCIENCE. pp. 445. illus. Academic. 1971. Some ink underlining. 7.50
1905. Dennis & G. Wolff, J. THE BIRD IN THE WATERFALL: A NATURAL HISTORY OF OCEANS, RIVERS & LAKES. pp. 340. illus. Harper. 1996. DJ. 22.00
1906. Deonis, J. THE GREEN CATHEDRAL: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT OF AMAZONIA. pp. 280. 1992. DJ. * 10.00
1907. Desmarest, M. OEUVRES DU COMTE DE LACEPEDE. TOME 8. pp. 512. Paris. 1830. Spine Worn. 35.00
1908. Dinunzio, M. ADIRONDACK WILDGUIDE. pp. 160. color illus. ADIR Council. 1984. wrs. 15.00
1909. Dodson, E. A TEXTBOOK OF EVOLUTION. pp. 419. illus. Saunders. 1952. 7.50
1910. Dodson, E. EVOLUTION PROCESS & PRODUCT. pp. 596. illus. Wadsworth. 1984. 3rd ed. 17.50
1911. Donnelly, I. RAGNAROK: THE AGE OF FIRE & GRAVEL. pp. 452. illus. Appleton. 1883. 35.00
1912. Donner, F. SHABONO. pp. 305. Delacorte. 1982. DJ. 4.50
1913. Dougall, R. A SCOTTISH NATURALIST: THE SKETCHES & NOTES OF CHARLES ST. JOHN 1809-1856. pp. 192. color illus. Deutsch. 1982. DJ. 17.50
1914. Douglas, W. A WILDERNESS BILL OF RIGHTS. pp. 192. photos. Little. 1965. DJ. 12.50
1915. Downhower, J. THE BIOGEOGRAPHY OF THE ISLAND REGION OF W LAKE ERIE. pp. 279. illus. OH. 1988. DJ. 30.00
1916. Dudley (ed.), E. UNITY OF EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY: PROCEEDINGS OF THE 4TH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF SYSTEMATIC & EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY. 2 Vols. pp. 1160. Timber. * 50.00
1917. Dufresne, F. ALASKA'S ANIMALS & FISHES. pp. 287. color pls. Banes. 1946. Hinges cracked. 18.00
1918. Durant, M. ON THE ROAD WITH JOHN JAMES AUDUBON. pp. 638. illus. Dodd. 1980. DJ. 12.50
1919. Earl of Cranbrook. KEY ENVIRONMENTS: MALAYSIA. pp. 317. illus. Pergamon. 1988. DJ. * 35.00
1920. Eaton, T. EVOLUTION. pp. 270. illus. Norton. 1970. Worn DJ. * 7.50
1921. Eblen, R. THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE ENVIRONMENT. pp. 846. Houghton Mifflin. 1994. DJ. Small tear in bottom of spine. 15.00
1922. Eddy, W. THE OTHER SIDE OF THE WORLD: ESSAYS & STORIES ON MIND & NATURE. pp. 240. Enfield. 2001. Nicked DJ. 15.00
1923. Edmondson, W. MARINE BIOLOGY III. pp. 313. NY. 1966. 6.00
1924. Edwardes, E. SIDE-LIGHTS OF NATURE IN QUILL & CRAYON. pp. 213. illus. by G Haite. Paul. 1912. 12.50
1925. Ehrlich et al, P. PAPERS ON EVOLUTION. pp. 564. illus. Brown. 1969. wrs. * 12.50
1926. Ehrlich & R. Holm, P. THE PROCESS OF EVOLUTION. pp. 347. illus. McGraw. 1963. 8.00
1927. Eifert, V. RIVER WORLD: WILDLIFE OF THE MISSISSIPPI. pp. 271. illus. Dodd. 1959. DJ. 7.50
1928. Ekman, P. DARWIN & FACIAL EXPRESSION: A CENTURY OF RESEARCH IN REVIEW. pp. 273. illus. Academic. 1973. 12.50
1929. Elisofon, E. JAVA DIARY. pp. 298. photos. MacMillan. 1969. DJ. 7.50
1930. Erickson, E. SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE ATLAS OF THE HONEY BEE. pp. 292. Photomicrographs. Iowa. 1986. In Print @ 53.95. * 25.00
1931. Erwin, D. THE GREAT PALEOZOIC CRISIS: LIFE & DEATH IN THE PERMIAN. pp. 327. illus. 1993. *35.00
1932. Evans, H. LIFE ON A LITTLE-KNOWN PLANET. pp. 318. illus. Dutton. 1968. DJ. 12.50
1933. Evans, J. THE NATURAL SCIENCE PICTURE SOURCEBOOK. pp. 178. illus. Rine. 1984. wrs. Signed. 7.50
1934. Ewan, J. JOHN LYON: NURSERYMAN & PLANT HUNTER & HIS JOURNAL, 1799-1814. pp. 69. illus. American Philosophical Society. 1963. wrs. * 20.00
1935. Ewel & H. Odum (eds), K. CYPRESS SWAMPS. pp. 472. illus. FL. 1986. 40.00
1936. Feld, S. SOUND & SENTIMENT: BIRDS, WEEPING, POETICS, & SONG IN KALULI EXPRESSION. 264.Photos. PA. 1982. DJ. 12.50
1937. Fenneman, N. PHYSIOGRAPHY OF W U.S. pp. 534. illus. McGraw. 1931. Name on book edge. 50.00
1938. Fishman, G. JOURNEYS THROUGH PARADISE: PIONEERING NATURALISTS IN THE SE. pp. 306. photos. FL. 2001. DJ. 17.50
1939. Ford, A. THE 1826 JOURNAL OF JOHN JAMES AUDUBON. pp. 447. illus. Abbe. 1987. DJ. * 12.50
1940. Ford, A. JOHN JAMES AUDUBON. pp. 488. Photos. OK. 1964. 12.50
1941. Foresta, R. AMAZON CONSERVATION IN THE AGE OF DEVELOPMENT. pp. 366. illus. FL. 1991. DJ. 7.50
1942. Fortey, R. LIFE. pp. 546. illus. Knopf. 1998. DJ. 19.00
1943. Foshay, E. REFLECTIONS OF NATURE: FLOWERS IN AMERICAN ART. pp. 202. color paintings. DJ. 35.00
1944. Freeman, R. CHARLES DARWIN: A COMPANION. pp. 309. Dawson. 1978. DJ. 12.50
1945. Frick & T. Sullivan, G. ENVIRONMENTAL GLOSSARY. pp. 360. Gov‚t Inst. 1986. In Print @ 49.00. 12.50
1946. Gardner, E. HISTORY OF BIOLOGY. pp. 464. illus. Burgess. 1972. DJ. DJ. 3rd edition. 16.00
1947. Garnett, E. LETTERS FROM W H HUDSON, 1901-22. pp. 295. Dutton. 1923. X-Lib. 7.50
1948. Gasking, E. INVESTIGATIONS INTO GENERATION 1651-1828. pp. 192. Hopkins. 1966. 8.00
1949. Geikie, J. EARTH SCULPTURE OR THE ORIGIN OF LAND-FORM. pp. 395. illus. Putnam. 1898. 12.50
1950. Gibson, W. HIGHWAYS & BYWAYS OR SAUNTERINGS IN NEW ENGLAND. pp. 157. illus. Harper. 1903. 35.00
1951. Gillieron, J. KALAHARI. pp. 127. color photos. Struik. 1989. DJ. 12.50
1952. Goel & R. Thompson, N. COMPUTER SIMULATIONS OF SELF-ORGANIZATION IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS. pp. 353. illus. MacMillan. 1988. DJ. * 17.50
1953. Goodfellow et al, M. COMPUTER-ASSISTED BACTERIAL SYSTEMATICS. pp. 443. illus. Academic. 1985. 65.00
1954. Goodman, M. MACROMOLECULAR SEQUENCES IN SYSTEMATIC & EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY. pp. 418. illus. Plenum. 1982. DJ. In Print @ 112.00. 17.50
1955. Goodwin, B. HOW THE LEOPARD CHANGED ITS SPOTS: THE EVOLUTION OF COMPLEXITY. pp. 252. illus. Scribner. 1994. DJ. 11.00
1956. Gosse, P. LETTERS FROM ALABAMA, (U.S.) CHIEFLY RELATING TO NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 360. illus. AL. 1993. Reprint of 1859 edition. wrs. Published at 18.95. * 9.95
1957. Gould S. THE STURCTURE OF EVOLUTIONARY THEORY. pp. 1433. illus. Harvard. 2002. DJ. 36.00
1958. Grant, V. ORGANISMIC EVOLUTION. pp. 418. illus. Freeman. 1977. 10.00
1959. Grant, V. THE EVOLUTIONARY PROCESS. pp. 487. illus. Columbia. 1992. Bindings damaged hinge. 6.00
1960. Grant, V. THE ORIGIN OF ADAPTATIONS. pp. 606. illus. Columbia. 1963. wrs. * 13.00
1961. Graustein, J. THOMAS NUTTALL NATURALIST: EXPLORATIONS IN AMERICA.1808-1841. pp. 481. Harvard. 1967. Worn DJ. 40.00
1962. Gray, P. DICTIONARY OF THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES. pp. 602. Reinhold. 1967. DJ. 10.00
1963. Gray, P. ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES. pp. 1119, illus. Reinhold. 1961. Hinge cracked. 15.00
1964. Greene, J. AMERICAN SCIENCE IN THE AGE OF JEFFERSON. pp. 484. illus. IA. 1984. wrs. 13.00
1965. Guadalupi & A. Shugaar, G. LATITUDE ZERO: TALES OF THE EQUATOR. pp. 258. Robinson. 2001. wrs. 9.95
1966. Hall, A. CORRESPONDENCE OF HENRY OLDENBURG. Vols. I - IX. pp. 5040. WI. 1977. DJ. 99.00
1967. Hallam, A. OUTLINE OF PHANEROZOIC BIOGEOGRAPHY. pp. 246. illus. Oxford. 1994. 17.50
1968. Harbourne, J. INTRO TO ECOLOGICAL BIOCHEMISTRY. pp. 278. Academic. 1982. wrs. 16.00
1969. Harcourt & J. Sayer, C. THE CONSERVATION ATLAS OF TROPICAL FORESTS. The Americas. pp. 335. maps & color photos. Simon. 1996. DJ. * 35.00
1970. Harcourt & J. Sayer, C. THE CONSERVATION ATLAS OF TROPICAL FORESTS. Asia. pp. 336. maps & color photos. Simon. 1996. DJ. 35.00
1971. Hardy, A. THE OPEN SEA ITS NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 322. illus. some color. Mifflin. 1970. 18.00
1972. Harm, R. THE RAY HARM NATURE SKETCHBOOK. pp. 138. paintings. World. 1967. DJ. Signed. 25.00
1973. Harris (ed), D. HUMAN ECOLOGY IN SAVANNA ENVIRONMENTS. pp. 522. illus. Academic. 1980. DJ. 17.50
1974. Haygood, T. HENRY WILLIAM RAVENEL, 1814-1887: S CAROLINA SCIENTIST IN THE CIVIL WAR ERA. pp. 264. illus. AL. 1987. DJ. * 7.50
1975. Haymaker, R. FROM PAMPAS TO HEDGEROWS & DOWNS A STUDY OF W. H. HUDSON. Bookman. 1954. 11.00
1976. Headstrom, R. NATURE IN MINATURE. pp. 412. illus. Knopf. 1968. DJ. 25.00
1977. Heinselman, M. THE BOUNDARY WATERS WILDERNESS ECOSYSTEM. pp. 335. color photos. MN. 1996. DJ. 25.00
1978. Helferich, G. HUMBOLDT‚S COSMOS. pp. 358. Gotham. 2004. DJ. 15.00
1979. Henderson, I. A DICTIONARY OF BIOLOGICAL TERMS. pp. 640. Nostrand. 1963. DJ. 8th edition. 10.00
1980. Herzog, T. GEOGRAPHIE DER MOOSE. pp. 439. illus. Jena. 1926. 65.00
1981. Hoglund & R. Alatalo. J. LEKansas. pp. 248. illus. Princeton. 1995. DJ. 40.00
1982. Hose, C. FIELD-BOOK OF A JUNGLE-WALLAH SHORE, RIVER & FOREST IN SARAWAK. pp. 216. Oxford. 1985. wrs. * 4.50
1983. Hovenkamp, H. SCIENCE & RELIGION IN AMERICA.1800-1860. pp. 273. illus. PA. 1978. DJ. 9.00
1984. Hudson, W. NATURE IN DOWNLAND. pp. 287. Dent. 1923. 12.50
1985. Humphrey, R. RANGE ECOLOGY. pp. 234. illus. Ronald. 1962. DJ. 9.00
1986. Hunter, C. THE LIFE & LETTERS OF ALEXANDER WILSON. pp. 456. color frontis. APS. 1983. DJ. 13.00
1987. Hutchinson, G. THE ENCHANTED VOYAGE. pp. 163. 4 pls. Yale. 1962. DJ. 4.50
1988. Huxley, L. LIFE & LETTERS OF THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY. Vol. I. pp. 539. Photos. Appleton. 1900. 28.00
1989. Janzen (ed), D. COSTA RICAN NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 816. Photos. Chicago. 1983. wrs. 35.00
1990. Jepsen et al, G. GENETICS, PALEONTOLOGY & EVOLUTION. pp. 474. illus. Princeton. 1949. 18.00
1991. Jessen, K. BOTANIK DER GEGENWART UND VORZEIT. pp. 495. Chronica Botanica. 1948. wrs. 25.00
1992. Johnson, C. INTRO TO NATURAL SELECTION. pp. 213. illus. Univ. Park. 1976. DJ. 7.50
1993. Johnston, J. COMMUNICATION BY CHEMICAL SIGNALS. Appleton. 1970. DJ. 7.50
1994. Jolly, A. A WORLD LIKE OUR OWN: MAN & NATURE IN MADAGASCAR. pp. 272. color photos. Yale. 1980. DJ. 17.50
1995. Jones, E. CARMANAH: ARTISTIC VISIONS OF AN ANCIENT RAINFOREST. pp. 168. color paintings. Raincoast. 1989. DJ. * 25.00
1996. Jones, W. WILLIAM TURNER TUDOR NATURALIST, PHYSICIAN & DIVINE. pp. 223. illus. Routledge. 1988. DJ. 12.50
1997. Journal. SYRACUSE UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS. Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory. Vols. 2-9. 1905-37. Bound. A few library marks. Kansas. The set: 27.50
1998. Journal. THE AMERICAN NATURALIST. wrs. Vols 103 (last two issues), Vols 104-108 (complete), Vol 109 (one issue only), Vols 110 - 126 (complete), Vol 127 (missing one, pt 2), Vols 128 - 136 (complete). Postage on these will be 45.00. 500.00
1999. Kallman et al, H. RESTORING AMERICA‚S WILDLIFE 1937-87. pp. 394. color illus. USDI. 1987. DJ. 7.50
2000. Kappel-Smith, D. DESERT TIME. pp. 268. illus. Little. 1992. DJ. 7.50
2001. Karlin, S. THEORETICAL STUDIES ON SEX RATIO EVOLUTION. pp. 313. Princeton. 1986. DJ. 7.00
2002. Kastner, J. A SPECIES OF ETERNITY. pp. 350. illus. Knopf. 1977. DJ. 7.50
2003. Kauppi et al, P. ACIDIFICATION IN FINLAND. pp. 1237. illus. Springer. 1990. In Print @ 96.00. 35.00
2004. Kay, L. THE MOLECULAR VISION OF LIFE. pp. 304. photos. Oxford. 1993. wrs. 7.50
2005. Keiter, R. THE GREATER YELLOWSTONE ECOSYSTEM: REDEFINING AMERICA‚S WILDERNESS HERITAGE. pp. 428. Photos. Yale. 1991. wrs. 12.50
2006. Kidd, J. ON THE ADAPTATION OF EXTERNAL NATURE TO THE PHYSICAL CONDITION OF MAN. pp. 196. Carey. 1836. Disbound, stained. 7.50
2007. Kieran, J. FOOTNOTES ON NATURE. pp. 279. Doubleday. 1952. DJ. 8.00
2008. King, P. THE EVOLUTION OF N AMERICA. pp. 197. maps. Princeton. 1977. wrs. 15.00
2009. Knight, D. NATURAL HISTORY BOOKS IN ENGLISH 1600-1900. pp. 262. illus. Portman. 1989. DJ. 25.00
2010. Knystautas, A. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE USSR pp. 224. color photos. McGraw-Hill. 1987. DJ. * 18.00
2011. Kofalk, H. NO WOMAN TENDERFOOT: FLORENCE MERRIAM BAILEY, PIONEER NATURALIST. pp. 225. photos. TX A&M. 1989. DJ. Pub @ 19.95. * 7.50
2012. Kohn, M. A REASON FOR EVERYTHING: NATURAL SELECTION & THE ENGLISH IMAGINATION. pp. 392. Faber. 2004. DJ. 16.00
2013. Kramer et al, R. LAST STAND: PROTECTED AREAS & THE DEFENSE OF TROPICAL DIVERSITY. pp. 242. Oxford. 1997. * 12.50
2014. Kraulis, J. PACIFIC WILDERNESS. pp. 144. color photos. Gallery. 1989. DJ. folio. 6.50
2015. Kricher, J. A NEOTROPICAL COMPANION. pp. 436. illus. Princeton. 1989. wrs. 12.50
2016. Krutch, J. THE GREAT CHAIN OF LIFE. pp. 227. illus. Mifflin. 1957. DJ. 6.50
2017. Krutch, J. THE WORLD OF ANIMALS. pp. 508. illus. Simon. 1961. DJ. * 7.50
2018. Kyle, R. A FEAST IN THE WILD. pp. 203. illus. Kudu. 1987. wrs. * 5.00
2019. Lacefield, J. LOST WORLD IN ALABAMA ROCKansas. pp. 124. color photos. AL. 2000. wrs. 29.00
2020. Lambrechts, H. NAMIBIA: A THIRSTLAND WILDERNESS. pp. 144. color photos. DJ. 12.00
2021. Leigh et al, E. THE ECOLOGY OF A TROPICAL FOREST: SEASONAL RHYTHMS AND LONG-TERM CHANGES. pp. 468. illus. Smithsonian. 1982. wrs. 35.00
2022. Leigh, E. TROPICAL FOREST ECOLOGY: A VIEW FROM BARRO COLORADO ISLAND. pp. 245. illus. Oxford. 1999. wrs. 25.00
2023. Leimbach, P. ALL MY MEADOWS. pp. 235. illus. Prentice. 1977. chipped DJ. 15.00
2024. Leone, C. TAXONOMIC BIOCHEMISTRY & SEROLOGY. pp. 728. Ronald. 1964. 10.00
2025. Leopold, L. GAME MANAGEMENT. pp. 481. Scribner. 1948. Red pencil underlining. 26.00
2026. Lewin, R. THREAD OF LIFE: THE SMITHSONIAN LOOKS AT EVOLUTION. pp. 256. color photos. Smithsonian. 1982. DJ. 15.00
2027. Lewis, R. CRC CREATION & RESTORATION OF COASTAL PLANT COMMUNITIES. pp. 219. illus. 1982. 30.00
2028. Lincecum, J. SCIENCE ON THE TEXAS FRONTIER. pp. 211. Photos. TX A&M. 1997. wrs. 8.00
2029. Lieth (ed), H. PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY OF THE BIOSPHERE. pp. 339. illus. Springer. 1975. 30.00
2030. Lines, W. TAMING THE GREAT S LAND: A HISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF NATURE IN AUSTRALIA. pp. 337. CA. 1991. DJ. 6.25
2031. Lippson, A. THE CHESAPEAKE BAY IN MARYLAND: AN ATLAS OF NATURAL RESOURCES. pp. 55. maps. Hopkins. 1973. DJ. 16.00
2032. Livingston, D. NATHANIEL SOUTHGATE SHALER & THE CULTURE OF AMERICAN SCIENCE. pp. 416. AL. 1987. * 12.50
2033. Livingston, J. CANADA: A NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 199. color photos. 1988. DJ. 12.50
2034. Lobban & M. Schefter, C. TROPICAL PACIFIC ISLAND ENVIRONMENTS. pp. 399. illus. Guam. 1997. 25.00
2035. Lock (ed), M. PERSPECTIVES IN RUNNING WATER ECOLOGY. pp. 430. illus. Plenum. 1981. 25.00
2036. Lockhart, J. WILD AMERICA. pp. 151. color pls. Arrowood. 1986. DJ. Oblong folio. 30.00
2037. Locy, W. BIOLOGY & ITS MAKERS. pp. 477. illus. Holt. 1930. Clean X-Lib. 8.00
2038. Macleod, R. DARWIN'S LABORATORY EVOLUTIONARY THEORY & NATURAL HISTORY IN THE PACIFIC. pp. 540. illus. HI. 1994. DJ. 10.00
2039. Mann, W. ANT HILL ODYSSEY. pp. 338. frontis. Little. 1948. DJ. 8.00
2040. Margolis, J. JOSEPH WOOD KRUTCH: A WRITER‚S LIFE. pp. 254. illus. TN. 1980. DJ. 15.00
2041. Marini-Bettolo, G. STUDY WEEK ON A MODERN APPROACH TO THE PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT. pp. 606. illus. Pergamon. 1987. I P & 87.00. 13.00
2042. Marcot et al, B. RANGE MAPS OF TERRESTRIAL SPECIES IN THE INTERIOR COLUMBIA RIVER BASIN & N PORTIONS OF THE KLAMATH & GREAT BASINS. pp. 304. maps. USDA. 2003. wrs. 12.50
2043. Markowitz, H. BEHAVIORAL ENRICHMENT IN THE ZOO. pp. 210. Photos. Nostrand. 1982. Worn DJ. 5.00
2044. Marks, R. THREE MEN OF THE BEAGLE. pp. 256. illus. Knopf. 1991. DJ. 12.50
2045. Martin (ed), G. GEOGRAPHERS BIBLIOGRAPHICAL STUDIES. VOL. 14. pp. 116. photos. Mansell. 1992. 27.50
2046. Martini, I. LATE GLACIAL & POSTGLACIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGES QUATERNARY, CARBONIFEROUS- PERMIAN & PROTOEROZOIC. pp. 343. illus. Oxford. 1997. 23.00
2047. Mason, R. ATLAS OF U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES. pp. 252. color illus. MacMillan. 1990. DJ. Folio. 22.00
2048. Matthiessen, P. THE CLOUD FOREST. pp. 280. Photos. Viking. 1961. A couple of snips from the dust jacket are glued inside. 10.00
2049. Matthiessen, P. THE TREE WHERE MAN WAS BORN. pp. 246. color photos. Avon. 1974. wrs. 6.00
2050. May (ed), R. THEORETICAL ECOLOGY. pp. 317. Saunders. 1976. 7.50
2051. McCarney (ed), E. PAPERS OF THE MICHIGAN ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ARTS & LETTERS. pp. 733. illus. MI. 1933. Hinges tender. Contains Angell - Crataegi of Grand Rapids, MI + much more. 18.00
2052. McConnaughey, B. AUDUBON SOCIETY NATURE GUIDE PACIFIC COAST. pp. 633. color photos. Audubon Society. 1984. wrs. 15.00
2053. McGowan, C. DINOSAURS, SPITFIRES & SEA DRAGONS. pp. 365. illus. Harvard. 1991. wrs. * 7.50
2054. McMenamin, M. HYPERSEA: LIFE ON LAND. pp. 343. illus. Columbia. 1994. DJ. 13.00
2055. Meggers et al, B. TROPICAL FOREST ECOSYSTEMS IN AFRICA.& S AMERICA: A COMPARATIVE REVIEW. pp. 350. illus. Smithsonian. 1973. wrs. 17.50
2056. Meier, L. KAKADU: A HERITAGE FOR THE FUTURE (AUSTRALIA). pp. 256. color photos. Weldon. 1987. DJ. 20.00
2057. Meisel, M. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN NATURAL HISTORY. 3 VOLS. pp. 1734. Martino reprint of the 1924 edition. Limited to 100 sets. 175.00
2058. Menard, H. ISLANDS. pp. 231. color photos. Freeman. 1986. DJ. * 9.98
2059. Menard, H. THE OCEAN OF TRUTH: A PERSONAL HISTORY OF GLOBAL TECTONICS. pp. 353. Princeton. 1986. DJ. 6.00
2060. Meyers, A. EMPIRE‚S NATURE MARK CATESBY‚S NEW WORLD VISION. pp. 273. illus. NC. 1998. DJ. 26.00
2061. Miller (ed), C. THE BIOLOGY OF THE OCEANIC PACIFIC. pp. 157. illus. OR. 1972. 7.50
2062. Miller, K. FINDING DARWIN'S GOD. pp. 338. Cliff. 1999. DJ. 15.00
2063. Milne, L. THE NATURE OF LIFE. pp. 316. b&w & color photos. Crown. 1972. DJ. 5.00
2064. Moore, H. MARINE ECOLOGY. pp. 493. illus. Wiley. 1962. Corner lightly bumped. 9.99
2065. Moore, P. ECOLOGY OF ROCKY COASTS. pp. 455. illus. Columbia. 1986. In Print @ 74.50. * 35.00
2066. Moore et al, R. INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS. pp. 766. illus. McGraw. 1952. 25.00
2067. Moorehead, A. DARWIN & THE BEAGLE. pp. 280. color illus. Harper. 1969. DJ. 12.50
2068. Morgan, A. FIELD BOOK OF PONDS & STREAMS. pp. 448. 23 pls. Putnam. 1930. 15.00
2069. Morgan, S. PLACE MATTERS: GENDERED GEOGRAPHY IN VICTORIAN WOMEN'S TRAVEL BOOKS ABOUT SE ASIA. pp. 345. Rutgers. 1995. * 13.00
2070. Morrison, R. THE COLOURS OF AUSTRALIA. pp. 127. color photos. 1982. DJ. 7.50
2071. Morwood, W. TRAVELLER IN A VANISHED LANDSCAPE: THE LIFE & TIMES OF DAVID DOUGLAS. pp. 244. illus. Potter. 1973. DJ. * 25.00. Another x-lib copy. 12.50
2072. Mountain, A. WILD S AFRICA. pp. 208. color photos. MIT. 1998. DJ. Folio. * 12.50
2073. Mountfort, G. WILD INDIA. pp. 208. color photos. MIT. 1991. DJ. folio. 17.50
2074. Muensch, D. NATURE‚S AMERICA. pp. 155. color photos. Arpel. 1984. Worn DJ. 15.00
2075. Munz & N. Slauson, L. INDEX TO illus.TRATIONS OF LIVING THINGS OUTSIDE OF N AMERICA. pp. Archon. 9000 entries !! * 11.50
2076. Murie, A. A NATURALIST IN ALASKA. pp. 302. photos. Devin. 1961. DJ. 8.00
2077. Murphy, R. THE STREAM. pp. 205. illus. Potter. 1976. DJ. 8.00
2078. Murray (ed), J. A REPUBLIC OF RIVERS. pp. 325. illus. Oxford. 1990. DJ. 12.50
2079. Murray (ed), J. NATURE'S NEW VOICES. pp. 242. Fulcrum. 1992. wrs. 10.00
2080. Murray, J. THE ISLANDS & THE SEA: FIVE CENTURIES OF NATURE WRITING FROM THE CARIBBEAN. pp. 329. DJ. 7.50
2081. Myers & J. Ewel, R. ECOSYSTEMS OF FLORIDA. pp. 765. illus. FL. 1991. 65.00
2082. Nadkarni & N. Wheelwright, N. MONTEVERDE: ECOLOGY & CONSERVATION OF A TROPICAL RAIN FOREST. pp. 573. photos. Oxford. 2000. wrs. In Print @ 75.00. * 35.00
2083. NAS. EUTROPHICATION: CAUSES, CONSEQUENCES & CORRECTIVES. pp. 659. 1969. 7.50
2084. NAS. RESTORATION OF AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS. pp. 552. 1992. 12.50
2085. Neill, W. GEOGRAPHY OF LIFE. pp. 480. b&w & color photos. Columbia. 1969. Worn DJ. 8.00
2086. Nichols, P. EVOLUTION'S CAPTAIN: THE DARK FATE OF THE MAN WHO SAILED CHARLES DARWIN AROUND THE WORLD. pp. 336. illus. harper. 2003. 12.50
2087. Nightingale, N. NEW GUINEA AN ISLAND APART. pp. 146. color photos. BBC. 1992. DJ. * 15.00
2088. Nordenskiold, E. THE HISTORY OF BIOLOGY. pp. 629. frontis. Tudor. 1928. Top of spine Worn. 12.50
2089. Novacek & Q. Wheeler, M. EXTINCTION & PHYLOGENY. pp. 253. illus. Columbia. 1992. DJ. * 25.00
2090. Obee & T. Fitzgerald, B. COASTAL WILDIFE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. pp. 152. color photos. 1991. DJ. 10.00
2091. Officer & J. Page, C. A FABULOUS KINGDOM THE EXPLORATION OF THE ARCTIC. pp. 222. maps. Oxford. 2001. 16.00
2092. Olson, S. THE SINGING WILDERNESS. pp. 245. illus. by FL Jaques. Knopf. 1963. 7.50
2093. Osborn, H. NATURALIST IN THE BAHAMAS: JOHN I NORTHROP: OCTOBER 12, 1861 - JUNE 25, 1891. pp. 273. AMS. Originally published in 1910. * 8.00
2094. Palmer, E. FIELDBOOK OF NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 663. illus. McGraw. 1949. 12.50
2095. Palmer, E. FIELDBOOK OF NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 779. illus. McGraw. 1975. 2nd ed. Name clipped. 15.00
2096. Palmer & H. Fowler, E. FIELDBOOK OF NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 778. illus. McGraw. 1975. 2nd ed. 12.50
2097. Pantin, C. A DISCUSSION ON THE BIOLOGY OF THE S COLD TEMPERATE ZONE. pp. 253. illus. Royal Society. 1960. wrs. 10.00
2098. Parker (ed), B. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ON ANTARCTICA. pp. 390. illus. VA Poly. 1977. wrs. 6.00
2099. Paulsen, G. CLABBERED DIRT, SWEET GRASS. pp. 120. color illus. Harcourt. 1992. DJ. * 5.50
2100. Payne, N. TECHNIQUES FOR WILDLIFE HABITAT MANAGEMENT OF WETLANDS. pp. 549. illus. McGraw. 1992. 27.50
2101. Peine (ed), J. ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT FOR SUSTAINABILITY. pp. 500. illus. Lewis. 1999. 40.00
2102. Perrault, A. NATURE CLASSICS: A CATALOGUE OF THE E. A. MC ILHENNY NATURAL HISTORY COLLECTION AT LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY. pp. 280. color pls. LSU. 1987. * 15.00
2103. Peterson & J. Fisher, R. WILD AMERICA. pp. 434. illus. Mifflin. Worn DJ. 7.50
2104. Philbrick (ed), R. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SYMPOSIUM ON THE BIOLOGY OF THE CALIFORNIA ISLANDS. pp. 363. illus. Santa Barbara Botanic Garden. 1967. * 12.00
2105. Phillips, V. GUIDE TO THE MANUSCRIPT COLLECTIONS IN THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. pp. 553. ANSP. 1963. 12.50
2106. Pimental, R. INVERTEBRATE IDENTIFICATION MANUAL. pp. 150. illus. Nostrand. 1967. wrs. 18.00
2107. Pokorny, V. PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGICAL MICROPALAEONTOLOGY. Vol. I. pp. 652. MacMillan. 1963. 17.50
2108. Polykrates, G. WAWANAUETERI UND PUKIMAPUETERI ZWEI YANONAMI-STAMME NORDWESTBRAILIENS. pp. 221. illus. Denmark. 1969. wrs. 9.00
2109. Porter et al, R. THE BIOGRAPHICAL DICTIONARY OF SCIENTISTS. 2 vols. pp. 1196. Oxford. 2000. 45.00
2110. Preston-Mafham, K. MADAGASCAR: A NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 224. color photos. Facts. 1991. DJ. * 13.00
2111. Quammen, D. THE SONG OF THE DODO: ISLAND BIOGEOGRAPHY IN AN AGE OF EXTINCTIONS. pp. 702. Maps. Scribner. 1996. DJ. 15.00
2112. Quinn, J. WILDLIFE SURVIVORS. pp. 208. illus. McGraw. 1994. 6.00
2113. Radovsky et al, F. BIOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TROPICAL PACIFIC PROCEEDINGS OF A SYMPOSIUM. pp. 221. illus. Bishop. 1984. wrs. 25.00
2114. Rauschemberg, R. DANIEL CARL SOLANDER NATURALIST ON THE ENDEAVOUR. pp. 66. American Philosophical Society. 1968. wrs. * 18.00
2115. Rheinheimer, G. AQUATIC MICROBIOLOGY. pp. 374. illus. 1971. DJ. 9.00
2116. Rhodes et al, F. BRITISH AVONIAN (CARBONIFEROUS) CONODONT FAUNAS & THEIR VALUE IN LOCAL & INTERCONTINENTAL CORRELATION. pp. 313. 31 pls. British Museum. 1969. wrs. 15.00
2117. Ricklefs, R. THE ECONOMY OF NATURE: A TEXTBOOK IN BASIC ECOLOGY. pp. 455. Photos & illus. Chiron. 1976. DJ. 7.50
2118. Ridley, M. ANIMAL BEHAVIOR. pp. 288. illus. Blackwell. 1995. wrs. 16.00
2119. Ridgway, J. SCIENTIFIC ILLUSTRATION. pp. 173. illus. Stanford. 1987. * 25.00
2120. Ritchie, W. ARCHAEOLOGY OF NEW YORK STATE. pp. 357. illus. AMNH. 1969. DJ. 17.50
2121. Roberts, J. RAIN FOREST BIBLIOGRAPHY. pp. 312. McFarland. 1999. 1600 listings. In Print @ 48.50. * 25.00
2122. Rosenthal et al, G. HERBIVORES: THEIR INTERACTIONS WITH SECONDARY PLANT METABOLITES. Vol. I. Chemical participants. pp. 468. Academic. 1991. 10.00
2123. Roy, M. SPECIES IDENTITY & ATTACHMENT. pp. 414. Garland. 1980. DJ. * 10.00
2124. Rudloe, J. THE EROTIC OCEAN. pp. 448. b&w photos. World. 1971. 8.50
2125. Rudloe, J. THE LIVING DOCK. pp. 272. color pls. Fulcrum. 1988. DJ. 8.00
2126. Saint Hilaire, A. ESQUISSE DE MES VOYAGES AU BRESIL ET PARAGUAY. pp. 61. portrait. Chronica Botanica.10:1. 1946. wrs. * 25.00
2127. Sarton, G. A HISTORY OF SCIENCE HELLENISTIC SCIENCE & CULTURE IN THE LAST THREE CENTURIES B.C. pp. 554. illus. Harvard. 1959. 40.00
2128. Savory (ed), J. GEORGE LODGE ARTIST NATURALIST. pp. 118. color pls. Tanager. 1986. DJ. 25.00
2129. Scharf, D. MAGNIFICATION: PHOTOGRAPHY WITH THE SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE. pp. 119. 100 photographs. Schocken. 1977. DJ. Folio. 15.00
2130. Schemnitz, S. WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES MANUAL. pp. 686. illus. Wild Soc. 1980. 15.00
2131. Schiebinger, L. NATURE'S BODY: GENDER IN THE MAKING OF MODERN SCIENCE. pp. 289. 1993. DJ. * 12.00
2132. Schllieper, C. RESEARCH METHODS IN MARINE BIOLOGY. pp. 356. 1972. DJ. 6.50
2133. Schneider, S. GLOBAL WARMING. pp. 317. Sierra Club. 1989. DJ. 15.00
2134. Schumacher, E. THE LAST PARADISES. pp. 315. color photos. Doubleday. 1967. DJ. 8.00
2135. Scott, P. PETER SCOTT: OBSERVATIONS OF WILDLIFE. pp. 112. 39 color pls. Cornell. 1980. DJ. 9.00
2136. Schmucker, S. MAN‚S LIFE ON EARTH. pp. 299. illus. Chataqua. 1925. Cracked hinge. 16.00
2137. Schemnitz, S. WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES MANUAL. pp. 686. illus. W Soc. 1980. * 25.00
2138. Searle, S. MATRIX ALGEBRA FOR THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES. pp. 296. Wiley. 1966. 8.00
2139. Sellery, G. E A BIRGE A MEMOIR (LIMNOLOGIST). pp. 221. Photos. WI. 1956. DJ. 15.00
2140. Shurcliff, S. JUNGLE ISLANDS: THE ILLYRIA IN THE S SEAS. pp. 298. color pls. Putnam. 1930. Hinge cracked. 20.00
2141. Simmons, I. THE ENVIRONMENT IN BRITISH PREHISTORY. pp. 334. illus. Cornell. 1981. DJ. 8.00
2142. Simpson, G. FOSSILS & THE HISTORY OF LIFE. pp. 239. color illus. Sci Amer. 1983. DJ. 25.00
2143. Simpson, G. GEORGE GAYLORD SIMPSON: CONCESSION TO THE IMPROBABLE. pp. 291. illus. Yale. 1978. DJ. 10.00
2144. Simpson, G. SIMPLE CURIOSITY: LETTERS FROM GEORGE GAYLORD SIMPSON TO HIS FAMILY 1921-1970. pp. 332. CA. 1987. DJ. * 25.00
2145. Sims et al, R. KEY WORKS TO THE FAUNA & FLORA OF THE BRITISH ISLES & NW EUROPE. pp. 312. Clarendon Press. 1988. 25.00
2146. Skutch, A. HARMONY & CONFLICT IN THE LIVING WORLD. pp. 216. illus. OK. 1999. DJ. * 16.00
2147. Skutch, A. ORIGINS OF NATURE‚S BEAUTY. pp. 292. illus. TX. 1992. DJ. * 15.00
2148. Skutch, A. THE IMPERATIVE CALL: A NATURALIST'S QUEST IN TEMPERATE & TROPICAL AMERICA. pp. 331. illus. FL. 1992. wrs. 15.00
2149. Smith, J. GEORGES CUVIER AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF HIS PUBLISHED WORKansas. pp. 251. Smithsonian. 1993. * 18.00
2150. Smith, R. ECOLOGY & FIELD BIOLOGY. pp. 921. illus. Harper. 1990. 4th ed. 20.00
2151 Smith, S. THE BLACK-CAPPED CHICKADEE BEHAVIORAL ECOLOGY & NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 362.illus. Comstock. 1991. 13.00
2152. Smole, W. THE YANOAMA INDIANS: A CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY. pp. 272. illus. TX. 1976. DJ. 15.00
2153. Smyth, J. INTRO TO ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY. pp. 466. illus. Wiley. 1976. wrs. * 10.00
2154. Soulsby, E. BIOLOGY OF PARASITES. pp. 354. illus. Academic. 1966. * 15.00
2155. Southwood, T. ECOLOGICAL METHODS: WITH PARTICULAR REFERENCE TO THE STUDY OF INSECT POPULAITONS. Chapman. 1971. wrs. 2nd ed. 10.00
2156. Sprunt, A. CAROLINA LOW COUNTRY IMPRESSIONS. pp. 191. illus. Devin. 1964. Worn DJ. * 15.00
2157. Steadman, D. GALAPAGOS: DISCOVERY OF DARWIN‚S ISLANDS. pp. 208. 100 color & 28 b&w illus. Smithsonian. 1989. wrs. In Print @ 24.95. * 10.00
2158. Steele, F. AT TIMBERLINE: A NATURE GUIDE TO THE MOUNTAINS OF THE NW. pp. 285. color illus. App Mtn Club. 1982. wrs. 16.00
2159. Steinhart, P. TWO EAGLES: THE NATURAL WORLD OF THE U.S. MEXICO BORDERLANDS. pp. 202. color photos. CA. 1994. DJ. Large folio. * 25.00
2160. Stephens, L. SCIENCE. RACE & RELIGION IN THE AMERICAN SOUTH: JOHN BACHMAN AND THE CHARLESTON CIRCLE OF NATURALISTS 1815 - 1895. pp. 338. illus. NC. 2000.DJ. 26.00
2161. Stephenson & G. Calcarone, J. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA MOUNTAINS & FOOTHILLS ASSESSMENT: HABITAT & SPECIES CONSERVATION ISSUES. pp. 402. color maps. USDA. 1999. wrs. * 15.00
2162. Stevens, P. THE DEVELOPMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMATICS: ANTOINE-LAURENT DE JUSSIEU, NATURE, & THE NATURAL SYSTEM. pp. 616. illus. Columbia. 1994. DJ. * 35.00
2163. Stewart-Cox, B. WILD THAILAND. pp. 208. beautiful color photos. MIT. 1995. DJ. Folio. 20.00
2164. Storer, & R. Usinger, T. SIERRA NEVADA NATURAL HISTORY. pp. 374. color illus. CA. 1963. wrs. 12.50
2165. Streshinsky, S. AUDUBON LIFE & ART IN THE AMERICAN WILDERNESS. pp. 407. Photos. 1993. DJ. 12.00
2166. Stroud, P. THOMAS SAY: NEW WORLD NATURALIST. pp. 340. illus. PA. 1992. DJ. * 15.00
2167. Taylor et al, E. EDWARD H. TAYLOR: RECOLLECTIONS OF AN HERPETOLOGIST. pp. 139. 1975. wrs. * 10.00
2168. Teale, E. NORTH WITH THE SPRING. pp. 366. illus. Dodd. 1965. Worn DJ. 12.50
2169. Teale, E. PHOTOGRAPHS OF AMERICAN NATURE. pp. 284.photos. Dodd. 1972. Chip Out Of DJ. 20.00
2170. Teale, E. THE WILDERNESS WORLD OF JOHN MUIR. pp. 332. Mifflin. 1954. 15.00
2171. Teale, E. WANDERING THROUGH WINTER. pp. 377. illus. Dodd. 1965. Worn DJ. 12.50
2172. Tenore, K. MARINE BENTHIC DYNAMICS. pp. 452. 8 illus. SC. 1980. DJ. * 12.00
2173. Terborgh, J. DIVERSITY & THE TROPICAL FOREST. pp. 241. color photos. Scientific American. 1992. DJ. * 7.50
2174. Thomson, K. THE COMMON BUT LESS FREQUENT LOON & OTHER ESSAYS. pp. 186. illus. 1993. DJ. * 8.00
2175. Tobey, R. SAVING THE PRAIRIES. pp. 315. CA. 1981. DJ. * 12.00
2176. Tobias, M. A VISION OF NATURE: TRACES OF THE ORIGINAL WORLD. pp. 296. b&w & color illus. Kent. 1995. DJ. * 25.00
2177. Topoff, H. THE NATURAL HIST READER IN ANIMAL BEHAVIOR. pp. 256. illus. Columbia. 1987. wrs. 20.00
2178. Trager, W. LIVING TOGETHER: THE BIOLOGY OF ANIMAL PARASITISM. pp. 467. Plen. 1986. rubbed. 15.00
2179. Van der Wall, S. FOOD HOARDING IN ANIMALS. pp. 445. illus. Chicago. 1990. In Print @ 76.00. * 18.00
2180. Vernberg, W. POLLUTION PHYSIOLOGY OF ESTUARINE ORGANISMS. pp. 457. illus. SC. 1987. DJ. * 15.00
2181. Vollenweider, R. A MANUAL ON METHODS FOR MEASURING PRIMARY PRODUCTIONIN AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS. pp. 213. illus. Blackwell. 1969. wrs. 7.50
2182. Von Hagen, V. THE ANCIENT SUN KINGDOMS OF THE AMERICAS. pp. 617. color illus. World. 1961.Worn DJ. 35.00
2183. Wainwright, S. AXIS & CIRCUMFERENCE THE CYLINDRICAL SHAPE OF PLANTS & ANIMALS. pp. 132. illus. Harvard. 1988. 8.00
2184. Watts, M. READING THE LANDSCAPE OF EUROPE. pp. 315. illus. Harper. 1971. DJ. 16.00
2185. Weaver, C. PALAEONTOLOGY OF THE JURASSIC & CRETACEOUS OF W CENTRAL ARGENTINA. pp. 469. 62 sepia plates. Univ. WA. 1931. wrs. Folio. Slipcased. Foldouts in rear compartment. 65.00
2186. Webb, C. ODYSSEY OF AN ANIMAL COLLECTOR. pp. 368. photos. Longman. 1954. DJ. 6.50
2187. Welch, P. LIMNOLOGICAL METHODS. pp. 381. illus. McGraw. 1948. 15.00
2188. Wells & D. Haragan, S. ORIGIN & EVOLUTION OF DESERTS. pp. 228. illus. NM. 1983. wrs. 8.50
2189. Wendt, H. THE SEX LIFE OF THE ANIMALS. pp. 383. illus. Simon. 1965. Worn DJ. 8.00
2190. Wennerstrom, J. LEANING SYCAMORES: NATURAL WORLDS OF THE UPPER POTOMAC. pp. 230. illus. Hopkins. 1996. DJ. * 16.00
2191. Wertheim, A. THE INTERTIDAL WILDERNESS. pp. 156. color photos. Sierra. 1984. wrs. 8.00
2192. Whitmore & G. Prance, T. BIOGEOGRAPHY & QUATERNARY HISTORY IN TROPICAL AMERICA. pp. 214. illus. Oxford. 1987. 50.00
2193. Whitten, T. WILD INDONESIA. pp. 208. color photos. MIT. 1992. DJ. 25.00
2194. Wilkinson, E. E I DUPONT, BOTANISTE: THE BEGINNING OF A TRADITION. pp. 139. VA. 1972. Worn DJ. 15.00
2195. Willoughby, L. FRESHWATER BIOLOGY. pp. 167. illus. PiCA. 1977. DJ. 18.00
2196. Wilson, D. IN THE PRESENCE OF NATURE. pp. 234. illus. MA. 1978. DJ. * 15.00
2197. Wilson (ed), E. BIODIVERSITY. pp. 282. illus. NAP. 1988. wrs. 6.50
2198. Wilson, E. CONSILIENCE: THE UNITY OF KNOWLEDGE. pp. 332. Knopf. 1998. DJ. 19.00
2199. Wilson, E. NATURALIST. pp. 380. illus. Island. 1994. DJ. 8.00
2200. Wilson, E. SOCIOBIOLOGY THE NEW SYNTHESIS. pp. 697. illus. Harvard. 1975. Worn DJ. 25.00
2201. Wilson, E. THE DIVERSITY OF LIFE. pp. 424. illus. Harvard. 1992. DJ. * 15.00
2202. Winsor, M. READING THE SHAPE OF NATURE: COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AT THE AGASSIZ MUSEUM. pp. 328. 1991. wrs. * 16.50
2203. Winston, J. DESCRIBING SPECIES: PRACTICAL TAXONOMIC PROCEDURES FOR BIOLOGISTS. pp. 518. illus. Columbia. 1999. * 45.00
2204. Wolgemuth, K. OLD MARLBOROUGH ROAD: A JOURNEY INTO WONDER. pp. 140. Zol. 1991. wrs. * 8.00
2205. Wright, H. THE QUTERNARY OF THE U.S. pp. 185. Princeton. 1965. Xeroxed bound copy. 8.00
2206. Yates, S. THE NATURE OF BORNEO. pp. 208. color photos. Facts on File. 1992. DJ. Folio. * 15.00
2207. Yonge,C. THE NEW NATURALIST: THE SEA SHORE. pp. 311. color photos. Collins. 1949. 35.00
2208. Young, A. SARAPIQUI CHRONICLE: A NATURALIST IN COSTA RICA. pp. 361. Smithsonian. 1991. DJ. * 25.00
2209. Zimmerman, E. BREEDING TERRARIUM ANIMALS. pp. 384. color photos. TFH. 1983. 15.00
2210. Zwinger, A. JOHN XANTUS: THE FORT TEJON LETTERS 1857-59. pp. 255. illus. AZ. 1986. DJ. * 15.00
2211. WILDLIFE ART NEWS. 1985-1992. 57 issues. Free (domestic) shipping. Outstanding publication !! 125.00

JOURNALS
1823. Advances in Ecological Research (Journal). Vols. 1-7. Some have dj‚s. The set: 40.00
79. Botanical Journal. BIOLOGIA VOL. II. pp. 214. illus.
80. Botanical Journal. PERSOONIA A MYCOLOGICAL JOURNAL. pp. 237. illus. Leiden. 1973. Worn wrs. 15.00
81. Botanical Journal. TAXON. Volume 18, 19, 20, 21 (missing pt 4), 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 (missing pts 3 & 4), 37 (missing pt 1), 38, 39, 40, 41, 42 (missing pt 3), 43, 44, 45, & 46 pt 1. In wrs. as issued. Postage at cost. They are heavy. Chronica Botanica. 1951. wrs. 250.00
416. Journal (orchids). AMERICAN ORCHID SOCIETY BULLETIN. 1970. wrs. 15.00
417. Journal (orchids). AMERICAN ORCHID SOCIETY BULLETIN. 39 issues. 50's - 70's. wrs. The set: 35.00
418. Journal (orchids) ORCHID DIGEST. 14 issues from 1950-58. wrs. 25.00
1134. Journal. LIMNOLOGY & OCEANOGRAPHY 1973 - 1975. wrs. The 3 volumes: 25.00
1355. Journal. SOUTHWESTERN NATURALIST. Vols 11 - 35. Missing 13 pts. 4 & 26 pts. 3 & 4. Orig wrs. Postage at cost. 175.00
1988. Journal. THE AMERICAN NATURALIST. wrs. Vols 103 (last two issues), Vols 104-108 (complete), Vol 109 (one issue only), Vols 110 - 126 (complete), Vol 127 (missing one, pt 2), Vols 128 - 136 (complete). Postage on these will be 45.00. 500.00

LATE ARRIVALS
2212. Rickett, H. WILD FLOWERS OF THE UNITED STATES. The Northeastern States. 2 vols. pp. 788. color photos. NYBG. 1966. Volume I has a brown stain along the outer edges of the pages. It is just on the outer edges.Volume II is clean. The slipcase is worn. The set: 75.00
2213. Chapman, A. FLORA OF THE SOUTHERN UNITED STATES. pp. 698. Ivison. 1889. Front cover faded. Pretty good condition for 119 years old. 60.00
2214. Smith, A. PUFFBALLS & THEIR ALLIES IN MICHIGAN. pp. 131. 43 pls. MI. 1951. dj. 35.00
2215. Gleason, H. THE NEW BRITTON & BROWN ILLUSTRATED FLORA OF THE NE U.S. & ADJACENT CANADA. Vols. 1 & 2. pp. 1167. illus. NYBG. 1958. Both have clear plastic covers attached. The pair: 79.00
2216. Morris, & E. Eames, F. OUR WILD ORCHIDS. pp. 464. 130 b/w pls. color frontis. Scribner. 1929. One of my top ten all time favorite botanical titles. 75.00
2217. Arditti, J. ORCHID BIOLOGY REVIEWS & PERSPECTIVES, Vol. 1. pp. 310. illus. Cornell. 1977. dj. Signature Laid In. 60.00
2218. Wilson, E. CHINA, MOTHER OF GARDENS. pp.408. illus. Harvard. 1929. 200.00
2219. Jennings & A. Avinoff, O. WILD FLOWERS OF WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA AND THE UPPER OHIO BASIN. 2 vols. 1 text and 1 plates. pp. 574. 200 color paintings. Pittsburg. 1953. dj. Large folios. 235.00
2220. FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. Vol. 27. Bryophyta, part 1. pp. 713. illus. Oxford. 2007. Top corner lightly bumped. 75.00
2221. Mayer, C. TRAPPING WILD ANIMALS IN MALAY JUNGLES. pp. 207. frontis. Garden City. 1921. hinge tender. 16.00
2222. Martin et al, A. AMERICAN WILDLIFE AND PLANTS. pp. 500. illus. McGraw. 1951. worn dj. 25.00
2223. Van de Water, F. A HOME IN THE COUNTRY. pp. 198. Reynal. 1937. tattered dj. 15.00
2224. McCowan, D. A NATURALIST IN CANADA. pp. 294. illus. McMillan. 1948. worn dj. 16.00
2225. Worth, C. A NATURALIST IN TRINIDAD. pp. 291. illus by Don R. Eckelberry. Lippincott. 1967. dj. 25.00
2226. Withner (ed), C. THE ORCHIDS: A SCIENTIFIC SURVEY. pp. 648. illus. Ronald. 1959. 35.00
2227. Krutch, J. GREAT AMERICAN NATURE WRITING. pp. 444. illus. Sloane. 1950. worn dj. 25.00
2228. Olson & L. Blacklock, S. THE HIDDEN FOREST. pp. 127. color photos. Viking. 1969. worn dj. 18.00
2229. Lurie, E. LOUIS AGASSIZ A LIFE IN SCIENCE. pp. 449. photos. Chicago. 1960. 25.00
2230. Arnold, C. AN INTRODUCTION TO PALEOBOTANY. pp. 433. illus. McGraw. 1947. 25.00
2231. Hindle, B. THE PURSUIT OF SCIENCE IN REVOLUTIONARY AMERICA 1735-1789. pp. 410. NC. 1956. 25.00
2232. Lemmon K. THE GOLDEN AGE OF PLANT HUNTERS. pp. 229. illus. Barnes. 1969. rubbed dj. 25.00
2233. ANNALS OF THE MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDENS Vol. 61. 25 Years of botany. pp. 261. illus. MBG. 1974. wrs. 25.00
2234. Morwood, W. TRAVELER IN A VANISHED LANDSCAPE: THE LIFE OF DAVID DOUGLAS BOTANICAL EXPLORER. pp. 244. illus. Potter. 1973. dj. 25.00
2235. Andrews, H. STUDIES IN PALEOBOTANY. pp. 487. illus. Wiley. 1961. 25.00
2236. Ronan, C. THE SHORTER SCIENCE AND CIVILISATION IN CHINA. Vol. 1. pp. 326. illus. Cambridge. 1978. dj. 35.00
2237. Burbank, L. LUTHER BURBANK HIS METHODS AND DISCOVERIES AND THEIR PRACTICAL APPLICATION. 3 vols. pp. 910. tipped in color plates. Burbank Soc. 1914. The three: 65.00

DIRECTORY

Botany

Wants

Links

Online Order Form

Designed & Hosted by BioFile